1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 5748 5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757 5758 5759 5760 5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769 5770 5771 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846 5847 5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 6088 6089 6090 6091 6092 6093 6094 6095 6096 6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135 6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190 6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226 6227 6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269 6270 6271 6272 6273 6274 6275 6276 6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6285 6286 6287 6288 6289 6290 6291 6292 6293 6294 6295 6296 6297 6298 6299 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355 6356 6357 6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367 6368 6369 6370 6371 6372 6373 6374 6375 6376 6377 6378 6379 6380 6381 6382 6383 6384 6385 6386 6387 6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 6393 6394 6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 6413 6414 6415 6416 6417 6418 6419 6420 6421 6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 6436 6437 6438 6439 6440 6441 6442 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447 6448 6449 6450 6451 6452 6453 6454 6455 6456 6457 6458 6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 6464 6465 6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 6472 6473 6474 6475 6476 6477 6478 6479 6480 6481 6482 6483 6484 6485 6486 6487 6488 6489 6490 6491 6492 6493 6494 6495 6496 6497 6498 6499 6500 6501 6502 6503 6504 6505 6506 6507 6508 6509 6510 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537 6538 6539 6540 6541 6542 6543 6544 6545 6546 6547 6548 6549 6550 6551 6552 6553 6554 6555 6556 6557 6558 6559 6560 6561 6562 6563 6564 6565 6566 6567 6568 6569 6570 6571 6572 6573 6574 6575 6576 6577 6578 6579 6580 6581 6582 6583 6584 6585 6586 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6592 6593 6594 6595 6596 6597 6598 6599 6600 6601 6602 6603 6604 6605 6606 6607 6608 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6616 6617 6618 6619 6620 6621 6622 6623 6624 6625 6626 6627 6628 6629 6630 6631 6632 6633 6634 6635 6636 6637 6638 6639 6640 6641 6642 6643 6644 6645 6646 6647 6648 6649 6650 6651 6652 6653 6654 6655 6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662 6663 6664 6665 6666 6667 6668 6669 6670 6671 6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677 6678 6679 6680 6681 6682 6683 6684 6685 6686 6687 6688 6689 6690 6691 6692 6693 6694 6695 6696 6697 6698 6699 6700 6701 6702 6703 6704 6705 6706 6707 6708 6709 6710 6711 6712 6713 6714 6715 6716 6717 6718 6719 6720 6721 6722 6723 6724 6725 6726 6727 6728 6729 6730 6731 6732 6733 6734 6735 6736 6737 6738 6739 6740 6741 6742 6743 6744 6745 6746 6747 6748 6749 6750 6751 6752 6753 6754 6755 6756 6757 6758 6759 6760 6761 6762 6763 6764 6765 6766 6767 6768 6769 6770 6771 6772 6773 6774 6775 6776 6777 6778 6779 6780 6781 6782 6783 6784 6785 6786 6787 6788 6789 6790 6791 6792 6793 6794 6795 6796 6797 6798 6799 6800 6801 6802 6803 6804 6805 6806 6807 6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821 6822 6823 6824 6825 6826 6827 6828 6829 6830 6831 6832 6833 6834 6835 6836 6837 6838 6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850 6851 6852 6853 6854 6855 6856 6857 6858 6859 6860 6861 6862 6863 6864 6865 6866 6867 6868 6869 6870 6871 6872 6873 6874 6875 6876 6877 6878 6879 6880 6881 6882 6883 6884 6885 6886 6887 6888 6889 6890 6891 6892 6893 6894 6895 6896 6897 6898 6899 6900 6901 6902 6903 6904 6905 6906 6907 6908 6909 6910 6911 6912 6913 6914 6915 6916 6917 6918 6919 6920 6921 6922 6923 6924 6925 6926 6927 6928 6929 6930 6931 6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937 6938 6939 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6947 6948 6949 6950 6951 6952 6953 6954 6955 6956 6957 6958 6959 6960 6961 6962 6963 6964 6965 6966 6967 6968 6969 6970 6971 6972 6973 6974 6975 6976 6977 6978 6979 6980 6981 6982 6983 6984 6985 6986 6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 6993 6994 6995 6996 6997 6998 6999 7000 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010 7011 7012 7013 7014 7015 7016 7017 7018 7019 7020 7021 7022 7023 7024 7025 7026 7027 7028 7029 7030 7031 7032 7033 7034 7035 7036 7037 7038 7039 7040 7041 7042 7043 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048 7049 7050 7051 7052 7053 7054 7055 7056 7057 7058 7059 7060 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068 7069 7070 7071 7072 7073 7074 7075 7076 7077 7078 7079 7080 7081 7082 7083 7084 7085 7086 7087 7088 7089 7090 7091 7092 7093 7094 7095 7096 7097 7098 7099 7100 7101 7102 7103 7104 7105 7106 7107 7108 7109 7110 7111 7112 7113 7114 7115 7116 7117 7118 7119 7120 7121 7122 7123 7124 7125 7126 7127 7128 7129 7130 7131 7132 7133 7134 7135 7136 7137 7138 7139 7140 7141 7142 7143 7144 7145 7146 7147 7148 7149 7150 7151 7152 7153 7154 7155 7156 7157 7158 7159 7160 7161 7162 7163 7164 7165 7166 7167 7168 7169 7170 7171 7172 7173 7174 7175 7176 7177 7178 7179 7180 7181 7182 7183 7184 7185 7186 7187 7188 7189 7190 7191 7192 7193 7194 7195 7196 7197 7198 7199 7200 7201 7202 7203 7204 7205 7206 7207 7208 7209 7210 7211 7212 7213 7214 7215 7216 7217 7218 7219 7220 7221 7222 7223 7224 7225 7226 7227 7228 7229 7230 7231 7232 7233 7234 7235 7236 7237 7238 7239 7240 7241 7242 7243 7244 7245 7246 7247 7248 7249 7250 7251 7252 7253 7254 7255 7256 7257 7258 7259 7260 7261 7262 7263 7264 7265 7266 7267 7268 7269 7270 7271 7272 7273 7274 7275 7276 7277 7278 7279 7280 7281 7282 7283 7284 7285 7286 7287 7288 7289 7290 7291 7292 7293 7294 7295 7296 7297 7298 7299 7300 7301 7302 7303 7304 7305 7306 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 7319 7320 7321 7322 7323 7324 7325 7326 7327 7328 7329 7330 7331 7332 7333 7334 7335 7336 7337 7338 7339 7340 7341 7342 7343 7344 7345 7346 7347 7348 7349 7350 7351 7352 7353 7354 7355 7356 7357 7358 7359 7360 7361 7362 7363 7364 7365 7366 7367 7368 7369 7370 7371 7372 7373 7374 7375 7376 7377 7378 7379 7380 7381 7382 7383 7384 7385 7386 7387 7388 7389 7390 7391 7392 7393 7394 7395 7396 7397 7398 7399 7400 7401 7402 7403 7404 7405 7406 7407 7408 7409 7410 7411 7412 7413 7414 7415 7416 7417 7418 7419 7420 7421 7422 7423 7424 7425 7426 7427 7428 7429 7430 7431 7432 7433 7434 7435 7436 7437 7438 7439 7440 7441 7442 7443 7444 7445 7446 7447 7448 7449 7450 7451 7452 7453 7454 7455 7456 7457 7458 7459 7460 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 7467 7468 7469 7470 7471 7472 7473 7474 7475 7476 7477 7478 7479 7480 7481 7482 7483 7484 7485 7486 7487 7488 7489 7490 7491 7492 7493 7494 7495 7496 7497 7498 7499 7500 7501 7502 7503 7504 7505 7506 7507 7508 7509 7510 7511 7512 7513 7514 7515 7516 7517 7518 7519 7520 7521 7522 7523 7524 7525 7526 7527 7528 7529 7530 7531 7532 7533 7534 7535 7536 7537 7538 7539 7540 7541 7542 7543 7544 7545 7546 7547 7548 7549 7550 7551 7552 7553 7554 7555 7556 7557 7558 7559 7560 7561 7562 7563 7564 7565 7566 7567 7568 7569 7570 7571 7572 7573 7574 7575 7576 7577 7578 7579 7580 7581 7582 7583 7584 7585 7586 7587 7588 7589 7590 7591 7592 7593 7594 7595 7596 7597 7598 7599 7600 7601 7602 7603 7604 7605 7606 7607 7608 7609 7610 7611 7612 7613 7614 7615 7616 7617 7618 7619 7620 7621 7622 7623 7624 7625 7626 7627 7628 7629 7630 7631 7632 7633 7634 7635 7636 7637 7638 7639 7640 7641 7642 7643 7644 7645 7646 7647 7648 7649 7650 7651 7652 7653 7654 7655 7656 7657 7658 7659 7660 7661 7662 7663 7664 7665 7666 7667 7668 7669
|
<pre>Network Working Group A. Doria
Request for Comments: 3292 Lulea University of Technology
Category: Standards Track F. Hellstrand
K. Sundell
Nortel Networks
T. Worster
June 2002
<span class="h1">General Switch Management Protocol (GSMP) V3</span>
Status of this Memo
This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
improvements. Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
and status of this protocol. Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
Copyright Notice
Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2002). All Rights Reserved.
Abstract
This document describes the General Switch Management Protocol
Version 3 (GSMPv3). The GSMPv3 is an asymmetric protocol that allows
one or more external switch controllers to establish and maintain the
state of a label switch such as, an ATM, frame relay or MPLS switch.
The GSMPv3 allows control of both unicast and multicast switch
connection state as well as control of switch system resources and
QoS features.
Acknowledgement
GSMP was created by P. Newman, W. Edwards, R. Hinden, E. Hoffman, F.
Ching Liaw, T. Lyon, and G. Minshall (see [<a href="#ref-6" title=""Ipsilon's General Switch Management Protocol Specification Version 1.1"">6</a>] and [<a href="#ref-7" title=""Ipsilon's General Switch Management Protocol Specification Version 2.0"">7</a>]). This version
of GSMP is based on their work.
Contributors
In addition to the authors/editors listed in the heading, many
members of the GSMP group have made significant contributions to this
specification. Among the contributors who have contributed
materially are: Constantin Adam, Clint Bishard, Joachim Buerkle,
Torbjorn Hedqvist, Georg Kullgren, Aurel A. Lazar, Mahesan
Nandikesan, Matt Peters, Hans Sjostrand, Balaji Srinivasan, Jaroslaw
Sydir, Chao-Chun Wang.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 1]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-2" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Specification of Requirements
The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
"SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this
document are to be interpreted as described in [<a href="./rfc2119">RFC2119</a>].
Table of Contents
<a href="#section-1">1</a>. Introduction ................................................... <a href="#page-4">4</a>
<a href="#section-2">2</a>. GSMP Packet Encapsulation ...................................... <a href="#page-6">6</a>
<a href="#section-3">3</a>. Common Definitions and Procedures .............................. <a href="#page-6">6</a>
<a href="#section-3.1">3.1</a> GSMP Packet Format ........................................... <a href="#page-7">7</a>
<a href="#section-3.1.1">3.1.1</a> Basic GSMP Message format ................................ <a href="#page-7">7</a>
<a href="#section-3.1.2">3.1.2</a> Fields commonly found in GSMP messages .................. <a href="#page-11">11</a>
<a href="#section-3.1.3">3.1.3</a> Labels .................................................. <a href="#page-12">12</a>
<a href="#section-3.1.4">3.1.4</a> Failure Response Messages ............................... <a href="#page-17">17</a>
<a href="#section-4">4</a>. Connection Management Messages ................................ <a href="#page-18">18</a>
<a href="#section-4.1">4.1</a> General Message Definitions ................................. <a href="#page-18">18</a>
<a href="#section-4.2">4.2</a> Add Branch Message .......................................... <a href="#page-25">25</a>
<a href="#section-4.2.1">4.2.1</a> ATM specific procedures: ................................ <a href="#page-29">29</a>
<a href="#section-4.3">4.3</a> Delete Tree Message ......................................... <a href="#page-30">30</a>
<a href="#section-4.4">4.4</a> Verify Tree Message ......................................... <a href="#page-30">30</a>
<a href="#section-4.5">4.5</a> Delete All Input Port Message ............................... <a href="#page-30">30</a>
<a href="#section-4.6">4.6</a> Delete All Output Port Message .............................. <a href="#page-31">31</a>
<a href="#section-4.7">4.7</a> Delete Branches Message ..................................... <a href="#page-32">32</a>
<a href="#section-4.8">4.8</a> Move Output Branch Message .................................. <a href="#page-35">35</a>
<a href="#section-4.8.1">4.8.1</a> ATM Specific Procedures: ................................ <a href="#page-37">37</a>
<a href="#section-4.9">4.9</a> Move Input Branch Message ................................... <a href="#page-38">38</a>
<a href="#section-4.9.1">4.9.1</a> ATM Specific Procedures: ................................ <a href="#page-41">41</a>
<a href="#section-5">5</a>. Reservation Management Messages ............................... <a href="#page-42">42</a>
<a href="#section-5.1">5.1</a> Reservation Request Message ................................. <a href="#page-43">43</a>
<a href="#section-5.2">5.2</a> Delete Reservation Message .................................. <a href="#page-46">46</a>
<a href="#section-5.3">5.3</a> Delete All Reservations Message.............................. <a href="#page-47">47</a>
<a href="#section-6">6</a>. Management Messages ........................................... <a href="#page-47">47</a>
<a href="#section-6.1">6.1</a> Port Management Message ..................................... <a href="#page-47">47</a>
<a href="#section-6.2">6.2</a> Label Range Message ......................................... <a href="#page-53">53</a>
<a href="#section-6.2.1">6.2.1</a> Labels .................................................. <a href="#page-56">56</a>
<a href="#section-7">7</a>. State and Statistics Messages ................................. <a href="#page-60">60</a>
<a href="#section-7.1">7.1</a> Connection Activity Message ................................. <a href="#page-61">61</a>
<a href="#section-7.2">7.2</a> Statistics Messages ......................................... <a href="#page-64">64</a>
<a href="#section-7.2.1">7.2.1</a> Port Statistics Message ................................. <a href="#page-67">67</a>
<a href="#section-7.2.2">7.2.2</a> Connection Statistics Message ........................... <a href="#page-67">67</a>
<a href="#section-7.2.3">7.2.3</a> QoS Class Statistics Message ............................ <a href="#page-68">68</a>
<a href="#section-7.3">7.3</a> Report Connection State Message ............................. <a href="#page-68">68</a>
<a href="#section-8">8</a>. Configuration Messages ........................................ <a href="#page-73">73</a>
<a href="#section-8.1">8.1</a> Switch Configuration Message ................................ <a href="#page-73">73</a>
<a href="#section-8.1.1">8.1.1</a> Configuration Message Processing ........................ <a href="#page-75">75</a>
<a href="#section-8.2">8.2</a> Port Configuration Message .................................. <a href="#page-75">75</a>
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 2]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-3" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<a href="#section-8.2.1">8.2.1</a> PortType Specific Data .................................. <a href="#page-79">79</a>
<a href="#section-8.3">8.3</a> All Ports Configuration Message ............................. <a href="#page-87">87</a>
<a href="#section-8.4">8.4</a> Service Configuration Message ............................... <a href="#page-89">89</a>
<a href="#section-9">9</a>. Event Messages ................................................ <a href="#page-93">93</a>
<a href="#section-9.1">9.1</a> Port Up Message ............................................ <a href="#page-95">95</a>
<a href="#section-9.2">9.2</a> Port Down Message .......................................... <a href="#page-95">95</a>
<a href="#section-9.3">9.3</a> Invalid Label Message ...................................... <a href="#page-95">95</a>
<a href="#section-9.4">9.4</a> New Port Message ........................................... <a href="#page-96">96</a>
<a href="#section-9.5">9.5</a> Dead Port Message .......................................... <a href="#page-96">96</a>
<a href="#section-9.6">9.6</a> Adjacency Update Message ................................... <a href="#page-96">96</a>
<a href="#section-10">10</a>. Service Model Definition .................................... <a href="#page-96">96</a>
<a href="#section-10.1">10.1</a> Overview .................................................. <a href="#page-96">96</a>
<a href="#section-10.2">10.2</a> Service Model Definitions ................................. <a href="#page-97">97</a>
<a href="#section-10.2.1">10.2.1</a> Original Specifications ............................... <a href="#page-97">97</a>
<a href="#section-10.2.2">10.2.2</a> Service Definitions ................................... <a href="#page-98">98</a>
<a href="#section-10.2.3">10.2.3</a> Capability Sets ....................................... <a href="#page-99">99</a>
<a href="#section-10.3">10.3</a> Service Model Procedures .................................. <a href="#page-99">99</a>
<a href="#section-10.4">10.4</a> Service Definitions ....................................... <a href="#page-100">100</a>
<a href="#section-10.4.1">10.4.1</a> ATM Forum Service Categories .......................... <a href="#page-101">101</a>
<a href="#section-10.4.2">10.4.2</a> Integrated Services ................................... <a href="#page-104">104</a>
<a href="#section-10.4.3">10.4.3</a> MPLS CR-LDP ........................................... <a href="#page-105">105</a>
<a href="#section-10.4.4">10.4.4</a> Frame Relay ........................................... <a href="#page-105">105</a>
<a href="#section-10.4.5">10.4.5</a> DiffServ .............................................. <a href="#page-106">106</a>
<a href="#section-10.5">10.5</a> Format and Encoding of the Traffic Parameters ............. <a href="#page-106">106</a>
<a href="#section-10.5.1">10.5.1</a> Traffic Parameters for ATM Forum Services ............. <a href="#page-106">106</a>
10.5.2 Traffic Parameters for Int-Serv Controlled Load Service 107
<a href="#section-10.5.3">10.5.3</a> Traffic Parameters for CRLDP Service .................. <a href="#page-108">108</a>
<a href="#section-10.5.4">10.5.4</a> Traffic Parameters for Frame Relay Service ............ <a href="#page-109">109</a>
<a href="#section-10.6">10.6</a> Traffic Controls (TC) Flags ............................... <a href="#page-110">110</a>
<a href="#section-11">11</a>. Adjacency Protocol .......................................... <a href="#page-111">111</a>
<a href="#section-11.1">11.1</a> Packet Format ............................................. <a href="#page-112">112</a>
<a href="#section-11.2">11.2</a> Procedure ................................................. <a href="#page-115">115</a>
<a href="#section-11.2.1">11.2.1</a> State Tables .......................................... <a href="#page-117">117</a>
<a href="#section-11.3">11.3</a> Partition Information State ............................... <a href="#page-118">118</a>
<a href="#section-11.4">11.4</a> Loss of Synchronisation.................................... <a href="#page-119">119</a>
<a href="#section-11.5">11.5</a> Multiple Controllers Per Switch Partition ................. <a href="#page-119">119</a>
<a href="#section-11.5.1">11.5.1</a> Multiple Controller Adjacency Process ................. <a href="#page-120">120</a>
<a href="#section-12">12</a>. Failure Response Codes ...................................... <a href="#page-121">121</a>
<a href="#section-12.1">12.1</a> Description of Failure and Warning Response Messages ...... <a href="#page-121">121</a>
<a href="#section-12.2">12.2</a> Summary of Failure Response Codes and Warnings ............ <a href="#page-127">127</a>
<a href="#section-13">13</a>. Security Considerations ..................................... <a href="#page-128">128</a>
<a href="#appendix-A">Appendix A</a> Summary of Messages ................................. <a href="#page-129">129</a>
<a href="#appendix-B">Appendix B</a> IANA Considerations ................................. <a href="#page-130">130</a>
References ...................................................... <a href="#page-134">134</a>
Authors' Addresses .............................................. <a href="#page-136">136</a>
Full Copyright Statement ........................................ <a href="#page-137">137</a>
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 3]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-4" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-1" href="#section-1">1</a>. Introduction</span>
The General Switch Management Protocol (GSMP) is a general purpose
protocol to control a label switch. GSMP allows a controller to
establish and release connections across the switch, add and delete
leaves on a multicast connection, manage switch ports, request
configuration information, request and delete reservation of switch
resources, and request statistics. It also allows the switch to
inform the controller of asynchronous events such as a link going
down. The GSMP protocol is asymmetric, the controller being the
master and the switch being the slave. Multiple switches may be
controlled by a single controller using multiple instantiations of
the protocol over separate control connections. Also a switch may be
controlled by more than one controller by using the technique of
partitioning.
A "physical" switch can be partitioned into several virtual switches
that are referred to as partitions. In this version of GSMP, switch
partitioning is static and occurs prior to running GSMP. The
partitions of a physical switch are isolated from each other by the
implementation and the controller assumes that the resources
allocated to a partition are at all times available to that
partition. A partition appears to its controller as a label switch.
Throughout the rest of this document, the term switch (or
equivalently, label switch) is used to refer to either a physical,
non-partitioned switch or to a partition. The resources allocated to
a partition appear to the controller as if they were the actual
physical resources of the partition. For example if the bandwidth of
a port were divided among several partitions, each partition would
appear to the controller to have its own independent port.
GSMP controls a partitioned switch through the use of a partition
identifier that is carried in every GSMP message. Each partition has
a one-to-one control relationship with its own logical controller
entity (which in the remainder of the document is referred to simply
as a controller) and GSMP independently maintains adjacency between
each controller-partition pair.
Kinds of label switches include frame or cell switches that support
connection oriented switching, using the exact match-forwarding
algorithm based on labels attached to incoming cells or frames. A
switch is assumed to contain multiple "ports". Each port is a
combination of one "input port" and one "output port". Some GSMP
requests refer to the port as a whole, whereas other requests are
specific to the input port or the output port. Cells or labelled
frames arrive at the switch from an external communication link on
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 4]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-5" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
incoming labelled channels at an input port. Cells or labelled
frames depart from the switch to an external communication link on
labelled channels from an output port.
A switch may support multiple label types, however, each switch port
can support only one label type. The label type supported by a given
port is indicated by the switch to the controller in a port
configuration message. Connections may be established between ports,
supporting different label types. Label types include ATM, Frame
Relay, MPLS Generic and FEC Labels.
A connection across a switch is formed by connecting an incoming
labelled channel to one or more outgoing labelled channels.
Connections are referenced by the input port on which they originate
and the Label values of their incoming labelled channel.
GSMP supports point-to-point and point-to-multipoint connections. A
multipoint-to-point connection is specified by establishing multiple
point-to-point connections, each of them specifying the same output
branch. A multipoint-to-multipoint connection is specified by
establishing multiple point-to-multipoint trees each of them
specifying the same output branches.
In general a connection is established with a certain quality of
service (QoS). This version of GSMP includes a default QoS
Configuration and additionally allows the negotiation of alternative,
optional QoS configurations. The default QoS Configuration includes
three QoS Models: a Service Model, a Simple Abstract Model (strict
priorities) and a QoS Profile Model.
The Service Model is based on service definitions found external to
GSMP such as in Integrated Services or ATM Service Categories. Each
connection is assigned a specific service that defines the handling
of the connection by the switch. Additionally, traffic parameters
and traffic controls may be assigned to the connection depending on
the assigned service.
In the Simple Abstract Model, a connection is assigned a priority
when it is established. It may be assumed that for connections that
share the same output port, a cell or frame on a connection with a
higher priority is much more likely to exit the switch before a cell
or frame on a connection with a lower priority if they are both in
the switch at the same time. The number of priorities that each port
of the switch supports may be obtained from the port configuration
message.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 5]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-6" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The QoS Profile Model provides a simple mechanism that allows
connection to be assigned QoS semantics defined externally to GSMP.
The QoS Profile Model can be used to indicate pre-defined
Differentiated Service Per Hop Behaviours (PHBs). Definition of QoS
profiles is outside of the scope of this specification.
All GSMP switches MUST support the default QoS Configuration. A GSMP
switch may additionally support one or more alternative QoS
Configurations. The QoS models of alternative QoS configurations are
defined outside the GSMP specification. GSMP includes a negotiation
mechanism that allows a controller to select from the QoS
configurations that a switch supports.
GSMP contains an adjacency protocol. The adjacency protocol is used
to synchronise states across the link, to negotiate which version of
the GSMP protocol to use, to discover the identity of the entity at
the other end of a link, and to detect when it changes.
<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-2" href="#section-2">2</a>. GSMP Packet Encapsulation</span>
GSMP packets may be transported via any suitable medium. GSMP packet
encapsulations for ATM, Ethernet and TCP are specified in [<a href="#ref-15" title=""General Switch Management Protocol (GSMP) Packet Encapsulations for Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), Ethernet and Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)"">15</a>].
Additional encapsulations for GSMP packets may be defined in separate
documents.
<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-3" href="#section-3">3</a>. Common Definitions and Procedures</span>
GSMP is a master-slave protocol. The controller issues request
messages to the switch. Each request message indicates whether a
response is required from the switch and contains a transaction
identifier to enable the response to be associated with the request.
The switch replies with a response message indicating either a
successful result or a failure. There are six classes of GSMP
request-response message: Connection Management, Reservation
Management, Port Management, State and Statistics, Configuration, and
Quality of Service. The switch may also generate asynchronous Event
messages to inform the controller of asynchronous events. The
controller can be required to acknowledge event messages, but by
default does not do so. There is also an adjacency protocol message
used to establish synchronisation across the link and maintain a
handshake.
For the request-response messages, each message type has a format for
the request message and a format for the success response. Unless
otherwise specified a failure response message is identical to the
request message that caused the failure, with the Code field
indicating the nature of the failure.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 6]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-7" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Switch ports are described by a 32-bit port number. The switch
assigns port numbers and it may typically choose to structure the 32
bits into opaque sub-fields that have meaning to the physical
structure of the switch (e.g., slot, port). In general, a port in
the same physical location on the switch will always have the same
port number, even across power cycles. The internal structure of the
port number is opaque to the GSMP protocol. However, for the
purposes of network management such as logging, port naming, and
graphical representation, a switch may declare the physical location
(physical slot and port) of each port. Alternatively, this
information may be obtained by looking up the product identity in a
database.
Each switch port also maintains a port session number assigned by the
switch. A message, with an incorrect port session number MUST be
rejected. This allows the controller to detect a link failure and to
keep states synchronised.
Except for the adjacency protocol message, no GSMP messages may be
sent across the link until the adjacency protocol has achieved
synchronisation, and all GSMP messages received on a link that do not
currently have state synchronisation MUST be discarded.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-3.1" href="#section-3.1">3.1</a> GSMP Packet Format</span>
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-3.1.1" href="#section-3.1.1">3.1.1</a> Basic GSMP Message format</span>
All GSMP messages, except the adjacency protocol message, have the
following format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Message Body ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 7]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-8" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
(The convention in the documentation of Internet Protocols [<a href="#ref-5">5</a>] is to
express numbers in decimal. Numbers in hexadecimal format are
specified by prefacing them with the characters "0x". Numbers in
binary format are specified by prefacing them with the characters
"0b". Data is pictured in "big-endian" order. That is, fields are
described left to right, with the most significant byte on the left
and the least significant byte on the right. Whenever a diagram
shows a group of bytes, the order of transmission of those bytes is
the normal order in which they are read in English. Whenever a byte
represents a numeric quantity, the left most bit in the diagram is
the high order or most significant bit. That is, the bit labelled 0
is the most significant bit. Similarly, whenever a multi-byte field
represents a numeric quantity, the left most bit of the whole field
is the most significant bit. When a multi-byte quantity is
transmitted, the most significant byte is transmitted first. This is
the same coding convention as is used in the ATM layer [<a href="#ref-1" title=""B-ISDN ATM Layer Specification"">1</a>] and AAL-5
[<a href="#ref-2" title=""B-ISDN ATM Adaptation Layer (AAL) Specification"">2</a>][3].)
Version
The version number of the GSMP protocol being used in this
session. It SHOULD be set by the sender of the message to the
GSMP protocol version negotiated by the adjacency protocol.
Message Type
The GSMP message type. GSMP messages fall into the following
classes: Connection Management, Reservation Management, Port
Management, State and Statistics, Configuration, Quality of
Service, Events and messages belonging to an Abstract or
Resource Model (ARM) extension. Each class has a number of
different message types. In addition, one Message Type is
allocated to the adjacency protocol.
Result
Field in a Connection Management request message, a Port
Management request message, or a Quality of Service request
message that is used to indicate whether a response is required
to the request message if the outcome is successful. A value
of "NoSuccessAck" indicates that the request message does not
expect a response if the outcome is successful, and a value of
"AckAll" indicates that a response is expected if the outcome
is successful. In both cases a failure response MUST be
generated if the request fails. For State and Statistics, and
Configuration request messages, a value of "NoSuccessAck" in
the request message is ignored and the request message is
handled as if the field was set to "AckAll". (This facility
was added to reduce the control traffic in the case where the
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 8]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-9" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
controller periodically checks that the state in the switch is
correct. If the controller does not use this capability, all
request messages SHOULD be sent with a value of "AckAll".)
In a response message, the result field can have three values:
"Success," "More," and "Failure". The "Success" and "More"
results both indicate a success response. All messages that
belong to the same success response will have the same
Transaction Identifier. The "Success" result indicates a
success response that may be contained in a single message or
the final message of a success response spanning multiple
messages.
"More" in the result indicates that the message, either request
or response, exceeds the maximum transmission unit of the data
link and that one or more further messages will be sent to
complete the success response.
ReturnReceipt is a result field used in Events to indicate that
an acknowledgement is required for the message. The default
for Events Messages is that the controller will not acknowledge
Events. In the case where a switch requires acknowledgement,
it will set the Result Field to ReturnReceipt in the header of
the Event Message.
The encoding of the result field is:
NoSuccessAck: Result = 1
AckAll: Result = 2
Success: Result = 3
Failure: Result = 4
More: Result = 5
ReturnReceipt Result = 6
The Result field is not used in an adjacency protocol message.
Code
Field gives further information concerning the result in a
response message. It is mostly used to pass an error code in a
failure response but can also be used to give further
information in a success response message or an event message.
In a request message, the code field is not used and is set to
zero. In an adjacency protocol message, the Code field is used
to determine the function of the message.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 9]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-10" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Partition ID
Field used to associate the command with a specific switch
partition. The format of the Partition ID is not defined in
GSMP. If desired, the Partition ID can be divided into
multiple sub-identifiers within a single partition. For
example: the Partition ID could be subdivided into a 6-bit
partition number and a 2-bit sub-identifier which would allow a
switch to support 64 partitions with 4 available IDs per
partition.
Transaction Identifier
Used to associate a request message with its response message.
For request messages, the controller may select any transaction
identifier. For response messages, the transaction identifier
is set to the value of the transaction identifier from the
message to which it is a response. For event messages, the
transaction identifier SHOULD be set to zero. The Transaction
Identifier is not used, and the field is not present, in the
adjacency protocol.
I flag
If I is set then the SubMessage Number field indicates the
total number of SubMessage segments that compose the entire
message. If it is not set then the SubMessage Number field
indicates the sequence number of this SubMessage segment within
the whole message.
SubMessage Number
When a message is segmented because it exceeds the MTU of the
link layer, each segment will include a submessage number to
indicate its position. Alternatively, if it is the first
submessage in a sequence of submessages, the I flag will be set
and this field will contain the total count of submessage
segments.
Length
Length of the GSMP message including its header fields and
defined GSMP message body. The length of additional data
appended to the end of the standard message SHOULD be included
in the Length field.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 10]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-11" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-3.1.2" href="#section-3.1.2">3.1.2</a> Fields commonly found in GSMP messages</span>
The following fields are frequently found in GSMP messages. They are
defined here to avoid repetition.
Port
Gives the port number of the switch port to which the message
applies.
Port Session Number
Each switch port maintains a Port Session Number assigned by
the switch. The port session number of a port remains
unchanged while the port is continuously in the Available state
and the link status is continuously Up. When a port returns to
the Available state after it has been Unavailable or in any of
the Loopback states, or when the line status returns to the Up
state after it has been Down or in Test, or after a power
cycle, a new Port Session Number MUST be generated. Port
session numbers SHOULD be assigned using some form of random
number.
If the Port Session Number in a request message does not match
the current Port Session Number for the specified port, a
failure response message MUST be returned with the Code field
indicating, "5: Invalid port session number". The current port
session number for a port may be obtained using a Port
Configuration or an All Ports Configuration message.
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-3.1.2.1" href="#section-3.1.2.1">3.1.2.1</a> Additional General Message Information</span>
1. Any field in a GSMP message that is unused or defined as
"reserved" MUST be set to zero by the sender and ignored by the
receiver.
2. Flags that are undefined will be designated as: x: reserved
3. It is not an error for a GSMP message to contain additional data
after the end of the Message Body. This is allowed to support
proprietary and experimental purposes. However, the maximum
transmission unit of the GSMP message, as defined by the data link
layer encapsulation, MUST NOT be exceeded. The length of
additional data appended to the end of the standard message SHOULD
be included in the message length field.
4. A success response message MUST NOT be sent until the requested
operation has been successfully completed.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 11]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-12" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-3.1.3" href="#section-3.1.3">3.1.3</a> Labels</span>
All labels in GSMP have a common structure composed of tuples,
consisting of a Type, a Length, and a Value. Such tuples are
commonly known as TLV's, and are a good way of encoding information
in a flexible and extensible format. A label TLV is encoded as a 2
octet field that uses 12 bits to specify a Type and four bits to
specify certain behaviour specified below, followed by a 2 octet
Length field, followed by a variable length Value field.
Additionally, a label field can be composed of many stacked labels
that together constitute the label.
A summary of TLV labels supported in this version of the protocol is
listed below:
TLV Label Type Section Title
--------- ---- -------------
ATM Label 0x100 ATM TLV Labels
FR Label 0x101 Frame Relay TLV Labels
MPLS Gen Label 0x102 MPLS Generic TLV Labels
FEC Label 0x103 FEC TLV Labels
All Labels will be designated as follow:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| Label Type | Label Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Label Value ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
x: Reserved Flags.
These are generally used by specific messages and will be
defined in those messages.
S: Stacked Label Indicator
Label Stacking is discussed below in <a href="#section-3.1.3.5">section 3.1.3.5</a>
Label Type
A 12-bit field indicating the type of label.
Label Length
A 16-bit field indicating the length of the Label Value field
in bytes.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 12]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-13" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Label Value
A variable length field that is an integer number of 32 bit
words long. The Label Value field is interpreted according to
the Label Type as described in the following sections.
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-3.1.3.1" href="#section-3.1.3.1">3.1.3.1</a> ATM Labels</span>
If the Label Type = ATM Label, the labels MUST be interpreted as an
ATM labels as shown:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| ATM Label (0x100) | Label Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x x x x| VPI | VCI |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
For a virtual path connection (switched as a single virtual path
connection) or a virtual path (switched as one or more virtual
channel connections within the virtual path) the VCI field is not
used.
ATM distinguishes between virtual path connections and virtual
channel connections. The connection management messages apply both
to virtual channel connections and virtual path connections. The Add
Branch and Move Branch connection management messages have two
Message Types. One Message Type indicates that a virtual channel
connection is required, and the other Message Type indicates that a
virtual path connection is required. The Delete Branches, Delete
Tree, and Delete All connection management messages have only a
single Message Type because they do not need to distinguish between
virtual channel connections and virtual path connections. For
virtual path connections, neither Input VCI fields nor Output VCI
fields are required. They SHOULD be set to zero by the sender and
ignored by the receiver. Virtual channel branches may not be added
to an existing virtual path connection. Conversely, virtual path
branches may not be added to an existing virtual channel connection.
In the Port Configuration message each switch input port may declare
whether it is capable of supporting virtual path switching (i.e.,
accepting connection management messages requesting virtual path
connections).
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 13]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-14" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-3.1.3.2" href="#section-3.1.3.2">3.1.3.2</a> Frame Relay Labels</span>
If the TLV Type = FR Label, the labels MUST be interpreted as a Frame
Relay labels as shown:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| FR Label (0x101) | Label Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x x x x| Res |Len| DLCI |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Res
The Res field is reserved in [<a href="#ref-21" title=""Use of Label Switching on Frame Relay Networks Specification"">21</a>], i.e., it is not explicitly
reserved by GSMP.
Len
The Len field specifies the number of bits of the DLCI. The
following values are supported:
Len DLCI bits
0 10
2 23
DLCI
DLCI is the binary value of the Frame Relay Label. The
significant number of bits (10 or 23) of the label value is to
be encoded into the Data Link Connection Identifier (DLCI)
field when part of the Frame Relay data link header [<a href="#ref-13" title="Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Data Link Layer Specification For Frame Mode Bearer Services">13</a>].
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-3.1.3.3" href="#section-3.1.3.3">3.1.3.3</a> MPLS Generic Labels</span>
If a port's attribute PortType=MPLS, then that port's labels are for
use on links for which label values are independent of the underlying
link technology. Examples of such links are PPP and Ethernet. On
such links the labels are carried in MPLS label stacks [<a href="#ref-14" title=""MPLS Label Stack Encoding"">14</a>]. If the
Label Type = MPLS Generic Label, the labels MUST be interpreted as
Generic MPLS labels as shown:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| MPLS Gen Label (0x102)| Label Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x x x x x x x x x x x x| MPLS Label |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 14]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-15" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
MPLS Label
This is a 20-bit label value as specified in [<a href="#ref-14" title=""MPLS Label Stack Encoding"">14</a>], represented
as a 20-bit number in a 4-byte field.
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-3.1.3.4" href="#section-3.1.3.4">3.1.3.4</a> FEC Labels</span>
Labels may be bound to Forwarding Equivalence Classes (FECs) as
defined in [<a href="#ref-18" title=""LDP Specification"">18</a>]. A FEC is a list of one or more FEC elements. The
FEC TLV encodes FEC items. In this version of the protocol only,
Prefix FECs are supported. If the Label Type = FEC Label, the labels
MUST be interpreted as Forwarding Equivalence Class Labels as shown:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| FEC Label (0x103) | Label Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
~ FEC Element 1 ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
~ FEC Element n ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
FEC Element
The FEC element encoding depends on the type of FEC element.
In this version of GSMP only, Prefix FECs are supported.
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Element Type | Address Family | Prefix Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
~ Prefix ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Element Type
In this version of GSMP the only supported Element Type is
Prefix FEC Elements. The Prefix FEC Element is a one-octet
value, encoded as 0x02.
Address Family
Two-byte quantity containing a value from ADDRESS FAMILY
NUMBERS in [<a href="#ref-5">5</a>], that encodes the address family for the address
prefix in the Prefix field.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 15]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-16" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Prefix Length
One byte containing the length in bits of the address prefix
that follows. A length of zero indicates a prefix that matches
all addresses (the default destination); in this case the
Prefix itself is zero bytes.
Prefix
An address prefix encoded according to the Address Family
field, whose length, in bits, was specified in the Prefix
Length field.
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-3.1.3.5" href="#section-3.1.3.5">3.1.3.5</a> Label Stacking</span>
Label stacking is a technique used in MPLS [<a href="#ref-14" title=""MPLS Label Stack Encoding"">14</a>] that allows
hierarchical labelling. MPLS label stacking is similar to, but
subtly different from, the VPI/VCI hierarchy of labels in ATM. There
is no set limit to the depth of label stacks that can be used in
GSMP.
When the Stacked Label Indicator S is set to 1 it indicates that an
additional label field will be appended to the adjacent label field.
For example, a stacked Input Short Label could be designated as
follows:
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Input Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
** |x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Stacked Input Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
** Note: There can be zero or more Stacked Labels fields (like
those marked **) following an Input or Output Label field. A
Stacked Label follows the previous label field if and only if
the S Flag in the previous label is set.
When a label is extended by stacking, it is treated by the protocol
as a single extended label, and all operations on that label are
atomic. For example, in an add branch message, the entire input
label is switched for the entire output label. Likewise, in Move
Input Branch and Move Output Branch messages, the entire label is
swapped. For that reason, in all messages that designate a label
field, it will be depicted as a single 64-bit field, though it might
be instantiated by many 64-bit fields in practice.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 16]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-17" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-3.1.4" href="#section-3.1.4">3.1.4</a> Failure Response Messages</span>
A failure response message is formed by returning the request message
that caused the failure with the Result field in the header
indicating failure (Result = 4) and the Code field giving the failure
code. The failure code specifies the reason for the switch being
unable to satisfy the request message.
If the switch issues a failure response in reply to a request
message, no change should be made to the state of the switch as a
result of the message causing the failure. (For request messages
that contain multiple requests, such as the Delete Branches message,
the failure response message will specify which requests were
successful and which failed. The successful requests may result in
changed state.)
A warning response message is a success response (Result = 3) with
the Code field specifying the warning code. The warning code
specifies a warning that was generated during the successful
operation.
If the switch issues a failure response it MUST choose the most
specific failure code according to the following precedence:
- Invalid Message
- General Message Failure
- Specific Message Failure
A failure response specified in the text defining the message
type.
- Connection Failures
- Virtual Path Connection Failures
- Multicast Failures
- QoS Failures
- General Failures
- Warnings
If multiple failures match in any of the categories, the one that is
listed first should be returned. Descriptions of the Failure
response messages can be found in <a href="#section-12">section 12</a>.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 17]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-18" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-4" href="#section-4">4</a>. Connection Management Messages</span>
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-4.1" href="#section-4.1">4.1</a> General Message Definitions</span>
Connection management messages are used by the controller to
establish, delete, modify and verify connections across the switch.
The Add Branch, Delete Tree, and Delete All connection management
messages have the following format, for both request and response
messages:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port Session Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Reservation ID |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Input Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Input Service Selector |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Output Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Output Service Selector |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|IQS|OQS|P|x|N|O| Adaptation Method |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Input Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Output Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 18]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-19" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
When required, the Add Branch, Move Input Branch and Move Output
Branch messages have an additional, variable length data block
appended to the above message. This will be required when
indicated by the IQS and OQS flags (if the value of either is set
to 0b10) and the service selector. The additional data block has
the following format:
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Input TC Flags|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Traffic Parameters Block ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|Output TC Flags|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Traffic Parameters Block ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general messages will not be explained in
this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-3.1">section 3.1</a> for details.
Reservation ID
Identifies the reservation that MUST be deployed for the branch
being added. Reservations are established using reservation
management messages (see Chapter 5). A value of zero indicates
that no Reservation is being deployed for the branch. If a
reservation with a corresponding Reservation ID exists, then
the reserved resources MUST be applied to the branch. If the
numerical value of Reservation ID is greater than the value of
Max Reservations (from the Switch Configuration message), a
failure response is returned indicating "20: Reservation ID out
of Range". If the value of Input Port differs from the input
port specified in the reservation, or if the value of Output
Port differs from the output port specified in the reservation,
a failure response MUST be returned indicating "21: Mismatched
reservation ports". If no reservation corresponding to
Reservation ID exists, a failure response MUST be returned
indicating "23: Non-existent reservation ID".
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 19]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-20" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
If a valid Reservation ID is specified and the Service Model is
used (i.e., IQS or OQS=0b10) then the Traffic Parameters Block
may be omitted from the Add Branch message indicating that the
Traffic Parameters specified in the corresponding Reservation
Request message are to be used.
Input Port
Identifies a switch input port.
Input Label
Identifies an incoming labelled channel arriving at the switch
input port indicated by the Input Port field. The value in the
Input Label field MUST be interpreted according to the Label
Type attribute of the switch input port indicated by the Input
Port field.
Input Service Selector
Identifies details of the service specification being used for
the connection. The interpretation depends upon the Input QoS
Model Selector (IQS).
IQS = 00: In this case, the Input Service Selector indicates a
simple priority.
IQS = 01: In this case, the Input Service Selector is an opaque
service profile identifier. The definition of these
service profiles is outside the scope of this
specification. Service Profiles can be used to
indicate pre-defined Differentiated Service Per Hop
Behaviours.
IQS = 10: In this case, the Input Service Selector corresponds
to a Service Spec as defined in Chapter 8.2. When
the value of either IQS or OQS is set to 0b10, then a
Traffic Parameters Block is appended to the message.
IQS = 11: In this case the Input Service Selector corresponds
to an ARM service specification. Definition of ARM
service specifications is outside the scope of this
specification and is determined by the MType as
defined in Chapter 8.1.
Output Port
Identifies a switch output port.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 20]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-21" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Output Label
Identifies an outgoing labelled channel departing at the switch
output port indicated by the Output Port field. The value in
the Output Label field MUST be interpreted according to the
Label Type attribute of the switch input port indicated by the
Output Port field
Output Service Selector
Identifies details of the service model being used. The
interpretation depends upon the Output QoS Model selector
(OQS).
OQS = 00: In this case the Output Service Selector indicates a
simple priority.
OQS = 01: In this case the Output Service Selector is an opaque
service profile identifier. The definition of these
service profiles is outside the scope of this
specification. Service Profiles can be used to
indicate pre-defined Differentiated Service Per Hop
Behaviours.
OQS = 10: In this case the Output Service Selector corresponds
to a Service Spec as defined in Chapter 8.2. When
the value of either IQS or OQS is set to 0b10 then a
Traffic Parameters Block is appended to the message.
OQS = 11: In this case the Output Service Selector corresponds
to an ARM service specification. Definition of ARM
service specifications is outside the scope of this
specification and is determined by the MType as
defined in Chapter 8.1.
IQS, OQS
Input and Output QoS Model Selector:
The QoS Model Selector is used to specify a QoS Model for the
connection. The values of IQS and OQS determine respectively
the interpretation of the Input Service Selector and the Output
Service Selector, and SHOULD be interpreted as a priority, a
QoS profile, a service specification, or an ARM specification
as shown:
IQS/OQS QoS Model Service Selector
------- --------- ----------------
00 Simple Abstract Model Priority
01 QoS Profile Model QoS Profile
10 Default Service Model Service Specification
11 Optional ARM ARM Specification
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 21]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-22" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
P Flag
If the Parameter flag is set it indicates that a single
instance of the Traffic Parameter block is provided. This
occurs in cases where the Input Traffic Parameters are
identical to Output Traffic Parameters.
N Flag
The Null flag is used to indicate a null adaptation method.
This occurs when the branch is connecting two ports of the same
type.
O Flag
The Opaque flag indicates whether the adaptation fields are
opaque, or whether they are defined by the protocol. See the
definition of Adaptation Method below for further information.
Adaptation Method
The adaptation method is used to define the adaptation framing
that may be in use when moving traffic from one port type to
another port type; e.g., from a frame relay port to an ATM
port. The content of this field is defined by the Opaque flag.
If the Opaque flag is set, then this field is defined by the
switch manufacturer and is not defined in this protocol. If
the opaque flag is not set, the field is divided into two 12-
bit fields as follows:
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|IQS|OQS|P|x|N|O| Input Adaptation | Output Adaptation |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Input Adaptation
Adaptation framing method used on incoming connections.
Output Adaptation
Adaptation framing method used on outgoing connections.
Adaptation Types:
0x100 PPP
0x200 FRF.5
0x201 FRF.8
Input and Output TC Flags
TC (Traffic Control) Flags are used in Add Branch, Move Input
Branch and Move Output Branch messages for connections using
the Service Model (i.e., when IQS or OQS=0b10). The TC Flags
field is defined in <a href="#section-10.6">Section 10.6</a>.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 22]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-23" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Input and Output Traffic Parameters Block
This variable length field is used in Add Branch, Move Input
Branch and Move Output Branch messages for connections using
the Service Model (i.e., when IQS or OQS=0b10). Traffic
Parameters Block is defined in <a href="#section-10.5">Section 10.5</a>. The Traffic
Parameters Block may be omitted if a valid, non-zero
Reservation ID is specified, in which case the Traffic
Parameters of the corresponding Reservation Request message are
used. If the P flag is set, then the appended message block
will only include a single traffic parameter block which will
be used for both input and output traffic.
For all connection management messages, except the Delete Branches
message, the success response message is a copy of the request
message returned with the Result field indicating success. The Code
field is not used in a connection management success response
message.
The failure response message is a copy of the request message
returned with a Result field indicating failure.
Fundamentally, no distinction is made between point-to-point and
point-to-multipoint connections. By default, the first Add Branch
message for a particular Input Port and Input Label will establish a
point-to-point connection. The second Add Branch message with the
same Input Port and Input Label fields will convert the connection to
a point-to-multipoint connection with two branches. However, to
avoid possible inefficiency with some switch designs, the Multicast
Flag is provided. If the controller knows that a new connection is
point-to-multipoint when establishing the first branch, it may
indicate this in the Multicast Flag. Subsequent Add Branch messages
with the same Input Port and Input Label fields will add further
branches to the point-to-multipoint connection. Use of the Delete
Branch message on a point-to-multipoint connection with two branches
will result in a point-to-point connection. However, the switch may
structure this connection as a point-to-multipoint connection with a
single output branch if it chooses. (For some switch designs this
structure may be more convenient.) Use of the Delete Branch message
on a point-to-point connection will delete the point-to-point
connection. There is no concept of a connection with zero output
branches. All connections are unidirectional, one input labelled
channel to one or more output labelled channels.
In GSMP a multipoint-to-point connection is specified by establishing
multiple point-to-point connections, each of them specifying the same
output branch. (An output branch is specified by an output port and
output label.)
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 23]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-24" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The connection management messages may be issued regardless of the
Port Status of the switch port. Connections may be established or
deleted when a switch port is in the Available, Unavailable, or any
of the Loopback states. However, all connection states on an input
port will be deleted when the port returns to the Available state
from any other state, i.e., when a Port Management message is
received for that port with the Function field indicating either
Bring Up, or Reset Input Port.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 24]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-25" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-4.2" href="#section-4.2">4.2</a> Add Branch Message</span>
The Add Branch message is a connection management message used to
establish a connection or to add an additional branch to an existing
connection. It may also be used to check the connection state stored
in the switch. The connection is specified by the Input Port and
Input Label fields. The output branch is specified by the Output
Port and Output Label fields. The quality of service requirements of
the connection are specified by the QoS Model Selector and Service
Selector fields. To request a connection the Add Branch message is:
Message Type = 16
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port Session Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Reservation ID |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Input Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Input Service Selector |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Output Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Output Service Selector |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|IQS|OQS|P|x|N|O| Adaptation Method |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|M|B| |
+-+-+-+-+ Input Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|M|R| |
+-+-+-+-+ Output Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 25]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-26" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
When the value of either IQS or OQS is set to 0b10 then the following
Traffic Parameters Block is appended to the above message:
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|Input TC Flags |x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Input Traffic Parameters Block ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|Output TC Flags|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Output Traffic Parameters Block ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general connection message will not be
explained in this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-4.1">section 4.1</a> for
details.
M: Multicast
Multicast flags are used as a hint for point-to-multipoint or
multipoint-to-point connections in the Add Branch message.
They are not used in any other connection management messages
and in these messages they SHOULD be set to zero. There are
two instances of the M-bit in the Add Branch message; one for
input branch specified by the Input Port and Input Label fields
and one for the output branch specified by the Output Port and
Output Label fields. If set for the input branch (in front of
Input Label field), it indicates that the connection is very
likely to be a point-to-multipoint connection. If zero, it
indicates that this connection is very likely to be a point-
to-point connection or is unknown. If set for the output
branch (in front of the Output Label field), it indicates that
the connection is very likely to be a multipoint-to-point
connection. If zero, it indicates that this connection is very
likely to be a point-to-point connection or is unknown.
If M flags are set for input as well as output branches, it
indicates that the connection is very likely to be a
multipoint-to-multipoint connection.
The Multicast flags are only used in the Add Branch message
when establishing the first branch of a new connection. It is
not required to be set when establishing subsequent branches of
a point-to-multipoint or a multipoint-to-point connection and
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 26]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-27" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
on such connections it SHOULD be ignored by the receiver.
(Except in cases where the connection replace bit is enabled
and set, the receipt of the second and subsequent Add Branch
messages from the receiver indicates a point-to-multipoint or a
multipoint-to-point connection.) If it is known that this is
the first branch of a point-to-multipoint or a multipoint-to-
point connection, this flag SHOULD be set. If it is unknown,
or if it is known that the connection is point-to-point, this
flag SHOULD be zero. The use of the multicast flag is not
mandatory and may be ignored by the switch. If unused, the
flags SHOULD be set to zero. Some switches use a different
data structure for multicast connections rather than for
point-to-point connections. These flags prevent the switch
from setting up a point-to-point structure for the first branch
of a multicast connection that MUST immediately be deleted and
reconfigured as point-to-multipoint or multipoint-to-point when
the second branch is established.
B: Bi-directional
The Bi-directional flag applies only to the Add Branch message.
In all other Connection Management messages it is not used. It
may only be used when establishing a point-to-point connection.
The Bi-directional flag in an Add Branch message, if set,
requests that two unidirectional connections be established,
one in the forward direction, and one in the reverse direction.
It is equivalent to two Add Branch messages, one specifying the
forward direction, and one specifying the reverse direction.
The forward direction uses the values of Input Port, Input
Label, Output Port and Output Label as specified in the Add
Branch message. The reverse direction is derived by exchanging
the values specified in the Input Port and Input Label fields,
with those of the Output Port and Output Label fields
respectively. Thus, a connection in the reverse direction
originates at the input port specified by the Output Port
field, on the label specified by the Output Label field. It
departs from the output port specified by the Input Port field,
on the label specified by the Input Label field.
The Bi-directional flag is simply a convenience to establish
two unidirectional connections in opposite directions between
the same two ports, with identical Labels, using a single Add
Branch message. In all future messages the two unidirectional
connections MUST be handled separately. There is no bi-
directional delete message. However, a single Delete Branches
message with two Delete Branch Elements, one for the forward
connection and one for the reverse, may be used.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 27]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-28" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
R: Connection Replace
The Connection Replace flag applies only to the Add Branch
message and is not used in any other Connection Management
messages. The R flag is used in cases when creation of
multipoint-to-point connections is undesirable (e.g., POTS
applications where fan-in is meaningless). If the R flag is
set, the new connection replaces any existing connection if the
label is already in use at the same Output Port.
The Connection Replace mechanism allows a single Add Connection
command to function as either a Move Branch message or a
combination of Delete Branch/Add Branch messages. This
mechanism is provided to support existing 64k call handling
applications, such as emulating 64k voice switches.
The use of R flag is optional and MUST be pre-configured in the
Port Management message [see <a href="#section-6.1">section 6.1</a>] to activate its use.
The R flag MUST NOT be set if it is not pre-configured with the
Port Management message. The switch MUST then return a Failure
Response message: "36: Replace of connection is not activated
on switch". Information about whether the function is active
or not, can be obtained by using the Port Configuration message
[see <a href="#section-8.2">section 8.2</a>].
The R flag MUST NOT be set if either the M flag or the B flag
is set. If a switch receives an Add connection request that
has the R flag set with either the B or the M flag set, it MUST
return a failure response message of: "37: Connection
replacement mode cannot be combined with Bi-directional or
Multicast mode"
If the connection specified by the Input Port and Input Label fields
does not already exist, it MUST be established with the single output
branch specified in the request message. If the Bi-directional Flag
in the Flags field is set, the reverse connection MUST also be
established. The output branch SHOULD have the QoS attributes
specified by the Class of Service field.
If the connection specified by the Input Port and Input Label fields
already exists and the R flag is not set, but the specified output
branch does not, the new output branch MUST be added. The new output
branch SHOULD have the QoS attributes specified by the Class of
Service field.
If the connection specified by the Input Port and Input Label fields
already exists and the specified output branch also already exists,
the QoS attributes of the connection, specified by the Class of
Service field, if different from the request message, SHOULD be
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 28]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-29" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
changed to that in the request message. A success response message
MUST be sent if the Result field of the request message is "AckAll".
This allows the controller to periodically reassert the state of a
connection or to change its priority. If the result field of the
request message is "NoSuccessAck" a success response message SHOULD
NOT be returned. This may be used to reduce the traffic on the
control link for messages that are reasserting a previously
established state. For messages that are reasserting a previously
established state, the switch MUST always check that this state is
correctly established in the switch hardware (i.e., the actual
connection tables used to forward cells or frames).
If the connection specified by the Input Port and Input Label fields
already exists, and the Bi-directional Flag in the Flags field is
set, a failure response MUST be returned indicating: "15: Point-to-
point bi-directional connection already exists".
It should be noted that different switches support multicast in
different ways. There may be a limit to the total number of point-
to-multipoint or multipoint-to-point connections certain switches can
support, and possibly a limit on the maximum number of branches that
a point-to-multipoint or multipoint-to-point connection may specify.
Some switches also impose a limit on the number of different Label
values that may be assigned e.g., to the output branches of a point-
to-multipoint connection. Many switches are incapable of supporting
more than a single branch of any particular point-to-multipoint
connection on the same output port. Specific failure codes are
defined for some of these conditions.
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-4.2.1" href="#section-4.2.1">4.2.1</a> ATM specific procedures:</span>
To request an ATM virtual path connection the ATM Virtual Path
Connection (VPC) Add Branch message is:
Message Type = 26
An ATM virtual path connection can only be established between ATM
ports, i.e., ports with the "ATM" Label Type attribute. If an ATM
VPC Add Branch message is received and either the switch input port
specified by the Input Port field or the switch output port specified
by the Output Port field is not an ATM port, a failure response
message MUST be returned indicating, "28: ATM Virtual path switching
is not supported on non-ATM ports".
If an ATM VPC Add Branch message is received and the switch input
port specified by the Input Port field does not support virtual path
switching, a failure response message MUST be returned indicating,
"24: ATM virtual path switching is not supported on this input port".
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 29]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-30" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
If an ATM virtual path connection already exists on the virtual path
specified by the Input Port and Input VPI fields, a failure response
message MUST be returned, indicating "27: Attempt to add an ATM
virtual channel connection branch to an existing virtual path
connection". For the VPC Add Branch message, if a virtual channel
connection already exists on any of the virtual channels within the
virtual path specified by the Input Port and Input VPI fields, a
failure response message MUST be returned indicating, "26: Attempt to
add an ATM virtual path connection branch to an existing virtual
channel connection".
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-4.3" href="#section-4.3">4.3</a> Delete Tree Message</span>
The Delete Tree message is a Connection Management message used to
delete an entire connection. All remaining branches of the
connection are deleted. A connection is defined by the Input Port
and the Input Label fields. The Output Port and Output Label fields
are not used in this message. The Delete Tree message is:
Message Type = 18
If the Result field of the request message is "AckAll" a success
response message MUST be sent upon successful deletion of the
specified connection. The success message MUST NOT be sent until the
delete operation has been completed and if possible, not until all
data on the connection, queued for transmission, has been
transmitted.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-4.4" href="#section-4.4">4.4</a> Verify Tree Message</span>
The Verify Tree message has been removed from this version of GSMP.
Message Type = 19
If a request message is received with Message Type = 19, a failure
response MUST be returned with the Code field indicating:
"3: The specified request is not implemented on this switch.".
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-4.5" href="#section-4.5">4.5</a> Delete All Input Port Message</span>
The Delete All Input Port message is a connection management message
used to delete all connections on a switch input port. All
connections that originate at the specified input port MUST be
deleted. On completion of the operation all dynamically assigned
Label values for the specified port MUST be unassigned, i.e., there
MUST be no connections established in the Label space that GSMP
controls on this port. The Service Selectors, Output Port, Input
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 30]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-31" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Label and Output Label fields are not used in this message. The
Delete All Input Port message is:
Message Type = 20
If the Result field of the request message is "AckAll", a success
response message MUST be sent upon completion of the operation. The
success response message MUST NOT be sent until the operation has
been completed.
The following failure response messages may be returned to a Delete
All Input Port request.
3: The specified request is not implemented on this switch.
4: One or more of the specified ports does not exist.
5: Invalid Port Session Number.
If any field in a Delete All Input Port message not covered by the
above failure codes is invalid, a failure response MUST be returned
indicating: "2: Invalid request message". Else, the Delete All Input
Port operation MUST be completed successfully and a success message
returned. No other failure messages are permitted.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-4.6" href="#section-4.6">4.6</a> Delete All Output Port Message</span>
The Delete All message is a connection management message used to
delete all connections on a switch output port. All connections that
have the specified output port MUST be deleted. On completion of the
operation all dynamically assigned Label values for the specified
port MUST be unassigned, i.e., there MUST be no connections
established in the Label space that GSMP controls on this port. The
Service Selectors, Input Port, Input Label and Output Label fields
are not used in this message. The Delete All Output Port message is:
Message Type = 21
If the Result field of the request message is "AckAll", a success
response message MUST be sent upon completion of the operation. The
success response message MUST NOT be sent until the operation has
been completed.
The following failure response messages may be returned to a Delete
All Output Port request.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 31]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-32" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
3: The specified request is not implemented on this switch.
4: One or more of the specified ports does not exist.
5: Invalid Port Session Number.
If any field in a Delete All Output Port message not covered by the
above failure codes is invalid, a failure response MUST be returned
indicating: "2: Invalid request message". Else, the delete all
operation MUST be completed successfully and a success message
returned. No other failure messages are permitted.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-4.7" href="#section-4.7">4.7</a> Delete Branches Message</span>
The Delete Branches message is a connection management message used
to request one or more delete branch operations. Each delete branch
operation deletes a branch of a channel, or in the case of the last
branch of a connection, it deletes the connection. The Delete
Branches message is:
Message Type = 17
The request message has the following format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x| Number of Elements |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Delete Branch Elements ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general connection message will not be
explained in this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-4.1">section 4.1</a> for
details.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 32]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-33" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Number of Elements
Specifies the number of Delete Branch Elements to follow in the
message. The number of Delete Branch Elements in a Delete
Branches message MUST NOT cause the packet length to exceed the
maximum transmission unit defined by the encapsulation.
Each Delete Branch Element specifies a branch to be deleted and has
the following structure:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Error |x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x| Element Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port Session Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Input Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Output Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Input Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Output Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general connection message will not be
explained in this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-4.1">section 4.1</a> for
details.
Error
Is used to return a failure code indicating the reason for the
failure of a specific Delete Branch Element in a Delete
Branches failure response message. The Error field is not used
in the request message and MUST be set to zero. A value of
zero is used to indicate that the delete operation specified by
this Delete Branch Element was successful. Values for the
other failure codes are specified in <a href="#section-12">Section 12</a>, "Failure
Response Codes".
All other fields of the Delete Branch Element have the same
definition as specified for the other connection management
messages.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 33]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-34" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
In each Delete Branch Element, a connection is specified by the Input
Port and Input Label fields. The specific branch to be deleted is
indicated by the Output Port and Output Label fields.
If the Result field of the Delete Branches request message is
"AckAll" a success response message MUST be sent upon successful
deletion of the branches specified by all of the Delete Branch
Elements. The success response message MUST NOT be sent until all of
the delete branch operations have been completed. The success
response message is only sent if all of the requested delete branch
operations were successful. No Delete Branch Elements are returned
in a Delete Branches success response message and the Number of
Elements field MUST be set to zero.
If there is a failure in any of the Delete Branch Elements, a Delete
Branches failure response message MUST be returned. The Delete
Branches failure response message is a copy of the request message
with the Code field of the entire message set to "10: General Message
Failure" and the Error field of each Delete Branch Element indicating
the result of each requested delete operation. A failure in any of
the Delete Branch Elements MUST NOT interfere with the processing of
any other Delete Branch Elements.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 34]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-35" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-4.8" href="#section-4.8">4.8</a> Move Output Branch Message</span>
The Move Output Branch message is used to move a branch of an
existing connection from its current output port label to a new
output port label in a single atomic transaction. The Move Output
Branch connection management message has the following format for
both request and response messages:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port Session Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Input Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Input Service Selector |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Old Output Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| New Output Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Output Service Selector |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|IQS|OQS|P|x|N|O| Adaptation Method |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Input Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Old Output Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ New Output Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 35]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-36" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
When the value of either IQS or OQS is set to 0b10 then the following
Traffic Parameters Block is appended to the above message:
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|Input TC Flags |x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Input Traffic Parameters Block ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|Output TC Flags|x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Output Traffic Parameters Block ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general connection message will not be
explained in this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-4.1">section 4.1</a> for
details.
The Move Output Branch message is a connection management message
used to move a single output branch of connection from its current
output port and Output Label, to a new output port and Output Label
on the same connection. None of the connection's other output
branches are modified. When the operation is complete the original
Output Label on the original output port will be deleted from the
connection.
The Move Output Branch message is:
Message Type = 22
For the Move Output Branch message, if the connection specified by
the Input Port and Input Label fields already exists, and the output
branch specified by the Old Output Port and Old Output Label fields
exists as a branch on that connection, the output branch specified by
the New Output Port and New Output Label fields is added to the
connection and the branch specified by the Old Output Port and Old
Output Label fields is deleted. If the Result field of the request
message is "AckAll", a success response message MUST be sent upon
successful completion of the operation. The success response message
MUST NOT be sent until the Move Branch operation has been completed.
For the Move Output Branch message, if the connection specified by
the Input Port and Input Label fields already exists, but the output
branch specified by the Old Output Port and Old Output Label fields
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 36]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-37" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
does not exist as a branch on that connection, a failure response
MUST be returned with the Code field indicating, "12: The specified
branch does not exist".
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-4.8.1" href="#section-4.8.1">4.8.1</a> ATM Specific Procedures:</span>
The ATM VPC Move Output Branch message is a connection management
message used to move a single output branch of a virtual path
connection from its current output port and output VPI, to a new
output port and output VPI on the same virtual channel connection.
None of the other output branches are modified. When the operation
is complete the original output VPI on the original output port will
be deleted from the connection.
The VPC Move Branch message is:
Message Type = 27
For the VPC Move Output Branch message, if the virtual path
connection specified by the Input Port and Input VPI fields already
exists, and the output branch specified by the Old Output Port and
Old Output VPI fields exists as a branch on that connection, the
output branch specified by the New Output Port and New Output VPI
fields is added to the connection and the branch specified by the Old
Output Port and Old Output VPI fields is deleted. If the Result
field of the request message is "AckAll", a success response message
MUST be sent upon successful completion of the operation. The
success response message MUST NOT be sent until the Move Branch
operation has been completed.
For the VPC Move Output Branch message, if the virtual path
connection specified by the Input Port and Input VPI fields already
exists, but the output branch specified by the Old Output Port and
Old Output VPI fields does not exist as a branch on that connection,
a failure response MUST be returned with the Code field indicating,
"12: The specified branch does not exist".
If the virtual channel connection specified by the Input Port and
Input Label fields; or the virtual path connection specified by the
Input Port and Input VPI fields; does not exist, a failure response
MUST be returned with the Code field indicating, "11: The specified
connection does not exist".
If the output branch specified by the New Output Port, New Output
VPI, and New Output VCI fields for a virtual channel connection; or
the output branch specified by the New Output Port and New Output VPI
fields for a virtual path connection; is already in use by any
connection other than that specified by the Input Port and Input
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 37]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-38" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Label fields, then the resulting output branch will have multiple
input branches. If multiple point-to-point connections share the
same output branch, the result will be a multipoint-to-point
connection. If multiple point-to-multipoint trees share the same
output branches, the result will be a multipoint-to-multipoint
connection.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-4.9" href="#section-4.9">4.9</a> Move Input Branch Message</span>
The Move Input Branch message is used to move a branch of an existing
connection from its current input port label to a new input port
label in a single atomic transaction. The Move Input Branch
connection management message has the following format for both
request and response messages:
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 38]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-39" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port Session Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Output Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Input Service Selector |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Old Input Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| New Input Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Output Service Selector |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|IQS|OQS|P|x|N|O| Adaptation Method |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Output Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Old Input Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ New Input Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 39]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-40" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
When the value of either IQS or OQS is set to 0b10, then the
following Traffic Parameters Block is appended to the above message:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|Input TC Flags |x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Input Traffic Parameters Block ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|Output TC Flags|x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Output Traffic Parameters Block ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general connection message will not be
explained in this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-4.1">section 4.1</a> for
details.
The Move Input Branch message is a connection management message used
to move a single input branch of connection from its current input
port and Input Label, to a new input port and Input Label on the same
connection. None of the connection's other input branches are
modified. When the operation is complete, the original Input Label
on the original input port will be deleted from the connection.
The Move Input Branch message is:
Message Type = 23
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 40]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-41" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
For the Move Input Branch message, if the connection specified by the
Output Port and Output Label fields already exists, and the input
branch specified by the Old Input Port and Old Input Label fields
exists as a branch on that connection, the input branch specified by
the New Input Port and New Input Label fields is added to the
connection and the branch specified by the Old Input Port and Old
Input Label fields is deleted. If the Result field of the request
message is "AckAll", a success response message MUST be sent upon
successful completion of the operation. The success response message
MUST NOT be sent until the Move Input Branch operation has been
completed.
For the Move Input Branch message, if the connection specified by the
Output Port and Output Label fields already exists, but the input
branch specified by the Old Input Port and Old Input Label fields
does not exist as a branch on that connection, a failure response
MUST be returned with the Code field indicating, "12: The specified
branch does not exist".
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-4.9.1" href="#section-4.9.1">4.9.1</a> ATM Specific Procedures:</span>
The ATM VPC Move Input Branch message is a connection management
message used to move a single input branch of a virtual path
connection from its current input port and input VPI, to a new input
port and input VPI on the same virtual channel connection. None of
the other input branches are modified. When the operation is
complete, the original input VPI on the original input port will be
deleted from the connection.
The VPC Move Input Branch message is:
Message Type = 28
For the VPC Move Input Branch message, if the virtual path connection
specified by the Output Port and Output VPI fields already exists,
and the input branch specified by the Old Input Port and Old Input
VPI fields exists as a branch on that connection, the input branch
specified by the New Input Port and New Input VPI fields is added to
the connection and the branch specified by the Old Input Port and Old
Input VPI fields is deleted. If the Result field of the request
message is "AckAll" a success response message MUST be sent upon
successful completion of the operation. The success response message
MUST NOT be sent until the Move Input Branch operation has been
completed.
For the VPC Move Input Branch message, if the virtual path connection
specified by the Output Port and Output VPI fields already exists,
but the input branch specified by the Old Input Port and Old Input
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 41]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-42" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
VPI fields does not exist as a branch on that connection, a failure
response MUST be returned with the Code field indicating, "12: The
specified branch does not exist".
If the virtual channel connection specified by the Output Port and
Output Label fields, or if the virtual path connection specified by
the Output Port and Output VPI fields does not exist, a failure
response MUST be returned with the Code field indicating, "11: The
specified connection does not exist".
If the input branch specified by the New Input Port, New Input VPI,
and New Input VCI fields for a virtual channel connection, or the
input branch specified by the New Input Port and New Input VPI fields
for a virtual path connection, is already in use by any connection
other than that specified by the Output Port and Output Label fields,
then the resulting input branch will have multiple output branches.
If multiple point-to-point connections share the same input branch,
the result will be a point-to-multipoint connection. If multiple
multipoint-to-point trees share the same input branches, the result
will be a multipoint-to-multipoint connection.
<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-5" href="#section-5">5</a>. Reservation Management Messages</span>
GSMP allows switch resources (e.g., bandwidth, buffers, queues,
labels, etc.) to be reserved for connections before the connections
themselves are established. This is achieved through the
manipulation of Reservations in the switch.
Reservations are hard state objects in the switch that can be created
by the controller by sending a Reservation Request message. Each
Reservation is uniquely identified by an identifying number called a
Reservation ID. Reservation objects can be deleted with the Delete
Reservation message or the Delete All Reservations message. A
reservation object is also deleted when the Reservation is deployed
by specifying a Reservation ID in a valid Add Branch message.
The reserved resources MUST remain reserved until either the
reservation is deployed, in which case the resources are applied to a
branch, or the reservation is explicitly deleted (with a Delete
Reservation message or a Delete All Reservations message), in which
case the resources are freed. Reservations and reserved resources
are deleted if the switch is reset.
A Reservation object includes its Reservation ID plus all the
connection state associated with a branch with the exception that the
branch's input label and/or output label may be unspecified. The
Request Reservation message is therefore almost identical to the Add
Branch message.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 42]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-43" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The switch establishes the maximum number of reservations it can
store by setting the value of Max Reservations in the Switch
Configuration response message. The switch indicates that it does
not support reservations by setting Max Reservations to 0. The valid
range of Reservation IDs is 1 to Max Reservations).
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-5.1" href="#section-5.1">5.1</a> Reservation Request Message</span>
The Reservation Request message creates a Reservation in the switch
and reserves switch resources for a connection that may later be
established using an Add Branch message. The Reservation Request
Message is:
Message Type = 70
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 43]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-44" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The Reservation Request message has the following format for the
request message:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port Session Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Reservation ID |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Input Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Input Service Selector |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Output Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Output Service Selector |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|IQS|OQS|P|x|N|O| Adaptation Method |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|M|B| |
+-+-+-+-+ Input Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|M|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Output Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 44]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-45" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
When the value of either IQS or OQS is set to 0b10 then the following
Traffic Parameters Block is appended to the above message:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|Input TC Flags |x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Input Traffic Parameters Block ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|Output TC Flags|x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Output Traffic Parameters Block ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general connection message will not be
explained in this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-4.1">section 4.1</a> for
details.
All the fields of the Reservation Request message have the same
meanings as they do in the Add Branch message with the following
exceptions:
Reservation ID
Specifies the Reservation ID of the Reservation. If the
numerical value of the Reservation ID is greater than the value
of the Max Reservations (from the Switch Configuration
message), a failure response is returned indicating "20: the
Reservation ID out of Range". If the value of Reservation ID
matches that of an extant Reservation, a failure response is
returned indicating "22: Reservation ID in use".
Input Label
If a specific input label is specified, then that label is
reserved along with the required resources. If the Input Label
is 0 then the switch reserves the resources, but will not bind
them to a label until the add branch command is given, which
references the Reservation Id. If the input label is 0, then
all stacked labels MUST also be zeroed.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 45]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-46" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Output Label
If a specific Output Label is specified then that label is
reserved along with the required resources. If the Output
Label is 0 then the switch reserves the resources, but will not
bind them to a label until the add branch command is given
which references the Reservation Id. If the Output Label is 0,
then all stacked labels MUST also be zeroed
When the switch receives a valid Reservation Request it reserves all
the appropriate switch resources needed to establish a branch with
corresponding attributes. If sufficient resources are not available,
a failure response is returned indicating "18: Insufficient
resources". Other failure responses are as defined for the Add
Branch message.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-5.2" href="#section-5.2">5.2</a> Delete Reservation Message</span>
The Delete Reservation message deletes a Reservation object in the
switch and frees the reserved switch resources associated with that
reservation object. The Reservation Request Message is:
Message Type = 71
The Delete Reservation message has the following format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port Session Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Reservation ID |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
If the Reservation ID matches that of an extant Reservation then the
reservation is deleted and corresponding switch resources are freed.
If the numerical value of the Reservation ID is greater than the
value of the Max Reservations (from the Switch Configuration
message), a failure response is returned indicating "20: Reservation
ID out of Range". If the value of Reservation ID does not match that
of any extant Reservation, a failure response is returned indicating
"23: Non-existent reservation ID".
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 46]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-47" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-5.3" href="#section-5.3">5.3</a> Delete All Reservations Message</span>
The Delete All Reservation message deletes all extant Reservation
objects in the switch and frees the reserved switch resources of
these reservations. The Reservation Request Message is:
Message Type = 72
The Delete All Reservation message has the following format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-6" href="#section-6">6</a>. Management Messages</span>
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.1" href="#section-6.1">6.1</a> Port Management Message</span>
The Port Management message allows a port to be brought into service,
to be taken out of service, to be set to loop back, reset, or to
change the transmit data rate. Only the Bring Up and the Reset Input
Port functions change the connection state (established connections)
on the input port. Only the Bring Up function changes the value of
the Port Session Number. The Port Management message MAY also be
used for enabling the replace connection mechanism. The Port
Management message is also used as part of the Event Message flow
control mechanism.
If the Result field of the request message is "AckAll", a success
response message MUST be sent upon successful completion of the
operation. The success response message MUST NOT be sent until the
operation has been completed. The Port Management Message is:
Message Type = 32
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 47]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-48" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The Port Management message has the following format for the request
and success response messages:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port Session Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Event Sequence Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|R|x|x|x|x|x|x|x| Duration | Function |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Event Flags | Flow Control Flags |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Transmit Data Rate |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general messages will not be explained in
this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-3.1">section 3.1</a> for details.
Event Sequence Number
The success response message gives the current value of the
Event Sequence Number of the switch port indicated by the Port
field. The Event Sequence Number is set to zero when the port
is initialised. It is incremented by one each time the port
detects an asynchronous event that the switch would normally
report via an Event message. If the Event Sequence Number in
the success response differs from the Event Sequence Number of
the most recent Event message received for that port, events
have occurred that were not reported via an Event message.
This is most likely to be due to the flow control that
restricts the rate at which a switch can send Event messages
for each port. In the request message this field is not used.
R: Connection Replace
The R flag shall only be checked when the Function field = 1
(Bring Up). If the R flag is set in the Port Management
request message, it indicates that a switch controller requests
the switch port to support the Connection Replace mechanism.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 48]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-49" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Connection Replace behaviour is described in chapter 4.2. If a
switch does not support the Connection Replace mechanism, it
MUST reply with the failure response: "45: Connection Replace
mechanism not supported on switch" and reset the R-flag. Upon
successful response, the R flag SHOULD remain set in the
response message.
Duration
Is the length of time in seconds, that any of the loopback
states remain in operation. When the duration has expired, the
port will automatically be returned to service. If another
Port Management message is received for the same port before
the duration has expired, the loopback will continue to remain
in operation for the length of time specified by the Duration
field in the new message. The Duration field is only used in
request messages with the Function field set to Internal
Loopback, External Loopback, or Bothway Loopback.
Function
Specifies the action to be taken. The specified action will be
taken regardless of the current status of the port (Available,
Unavailable, or any Loopback state). If the specified function
requires a new Port Session Number to be generated, the new
Port Session Number MUST be returned in the success response
message. The defined values of the Function field are:
Bring Up:
Function = 1. Bring the port into service. All connections
that originate at the specified input port MUST be deleted
and a new Port Session Number MUST be selected, preferably
using some form of random number. On completion of the
operation all dynamically assigned Label values for the
specified input port MUST be unassigned, i.e., no
connections will be established in the Label space that GSMP
controls on this input port. Afterwards, the Port Status of
the port will be Available.
Take Down:
Function = 2. Take the port out of service. Any data
received at this port will be discarded. No data will be
transmitted from this port. Afterwards, the Port Status of
the port will be Unavailable.
The behaviour is undefined if the port is taken down over
which the GSMP session that controls the switch is running.
(In this case the most probable behaviour would be for the
switch either to ignore the message or to terminate the
current GSMP session and to initiate another session,
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 49]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-50" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
possibly with the backup controller, if any.) The correct
method to reset the link over which GSMP is running is to
issue an RSTACK message in the adjacency protocol.
Internal Loopback:
Function = 3. Data arriving at the output port from the
switch fabric are looped through to the input port to return
to the switch fabric. All of the functions of the input
port above the physical layer, e.g., header translation, are
performed upon the looped back data. Afterwards, the Port
Status of the port will be Internal Loopback.
External Loopback:
Function = 4. Data arriving at the input port from the
external communications link are immediately looped back to
the communications link at the physical layer without
entering the input port. None of the functions of the input
port, above the physical layer are performed upon the looped
back data. Afterwards, the Port Status of the port will be
External Loopback.
Bothway Loopback:
Function = 5. Both internal and external loopbacks are
performed. Afterwards, the Port Status of the port will be
Bothway Loopback.
Reset Input Port:
Function = 6. All connections that originate at the
specified input port MUST be deleted and the input and
output port hardware re-initialised. On completion of the
operation, all dynamically assigned Label values for the
specified input port MUST be unassigned, i.e., no
connections will be established in the Label space that GSMP
controls on this input port. The range of labels that may
be controlled by GSMP on this port will be set to the
default values specified in the Port Configuration message.
The transmit data rate of the output port MUST be set to its
default value. The Port Session Number is not changed by
the Reset Input Port function. Afterwards, the Port Status
of the port will be Unavailable.
Reset Flags:
Function = 7. This function is used to reset the Event
Flags and Flow Control Flags. For each bit that is set in
the Event Flags field, the corresponding Event Flag in the
switch port MUST be reset to 0. For each bit that is set in
the Flow Control Flags field, the corresponding Flow Control
Flag in the switch port MUST be toggled; i.e., flow control
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 50]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-51" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
for the corresponding event is turned off if is currently on
and it is turned on if it is currently off. The Port Status
of the port is not changed by this function.
Set Transmit Data Rate:
Function = 8. Sets the transmit data rate of the output
port as close as possible to the rate specified in the
Transmit Data Rate field. In the success response message,
the Transmit Data Rate MUST indicate the actual transmit
data rate of the output port. If the transmit data rate of
the requested output port cannot be changed a failure
response MUST be returned with the Code field indicating:
"43: The transmit data rate of this output port cannot be
changed". If the transmit data rate of the requested output
port can be changed, but the value of the Transmit Data Rate
field is beyond the range of acceptable values, a failure
response MUST be returned with the Code field indicating:
"44: Requested transmit data rate out of range for this
output port". In the failure response message, the Transmit
Data Rate MUST contain the same value as contained in the
request message that caused the failure. The transmit data
rate of the output port is not changed by the Bring Up, Take
Down, or any of the Loopback functions. It is returned to
the default value by the Reset Input Port function.
Transmit Data Rate
This field is only used in request and success response
messages with the Function field set to "Set Transmit Data
Rate". It is used to set the output data rate of the output
port. It is specified in cells/s and bytes/s. If the Transmit
Data Rate field contains the value 0xFFFFFFFF the transmit data
rate of the output port SHOULD be set to the highest valid
value.
Event Flags
Field in the request message that is used to reset the Event
Flags in the switch port indicated by the Port field. Each
Event Flag in a switch port corresponds to a type of Event
message. When a switch port sends an Event message, it sets
the corresponding Event Flag on that port. Depending on the
setting in the Flow Control Flag, a port is either subject to
flow control or not. If it is subject to flow control, then it
is not permitted to send another Event message of the same type
before the Event Flag has been reset. To reset an event flag,
the Function field in the request message is set to "Reset
Flags". For each bit that is set in the Event Flags field, the
corresponding Event Flag in the switch port is reset.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 51]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-52" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The Event Flags field is only used in a request message with
the Function field set to "Reset Event Flags". For all other
values of the Function field, the Event Flags field is not
used. In the success response message the Event Flags field
MUST be set to the current value of the Event Flags for the
port, after the completion of the operation specified by the
request message, for all values of the Function field. Setting
the Event Flags field to all zeros in a "Reset Event Flags"
request message allows the controller to obtain the current
state of the Event Flags and the current Event Sequence Number
of the port without changing the state of the Event Flags.
The correspondence between the types of Event messages and the
bits of the Event Flags field is as follows:
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|U|D|I|N|Z|A|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
U: Port Up Bit 0, (most significant bit)
D: Port Down Bit 1,
I: Invalid Label Bit 2,
N: New Port Bit 3,
Z: Dead Port Bit 4,
A: Adjacency Event Bit 5,
x: Unused Bits 6-15.
Flow Control Flags Field
The flags in this field are used to indicate whether the flow
control mechanism described in the Events Flag field is turned
on or not. If the Flow Control Flag is set, then the flow
control mechanism for that event on that port is activated. To
toggle the flow control mechanism, the Function field in the
request message is set to "Reset Flags". When doing a reset,
for each flag that is set in the Flow Control Flags field, the
corresponding flow control mechanism MUST be toggled.
The Flow Control Flags correspond to the same event definitions
as defined for the Event Flag.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 52]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-53" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.2" href="#section-6.2">6.2</a> Label Range Message</span>
The default label range, Min Label to Max Label, is specified for
each port by the Port Configuration or the All Ports Configuration
messages. When the protocol is initialised, before the transmission
of any Label Range messages, the label range of each port will be set
to the default label range. (The default label range is dependent
upon the switch design and configuration and is not specified by the
GSMP protocol.) The Label Range message allows the range of labels
supported by a specified port, to be changed. Each switch port MUST
declare whether it supports the Label Range message in the Port
Configuration or the All Ports Configuration messages. The Label
Range message is:
Message Type = 33
The Label Range message has the following format for the request and
success response messages:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port Session Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|Q|M|D|x| Range Count | Range Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Label Range Block ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general messages will not be explained in
this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-3.1">section 3.1</a> for details.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 53]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-54" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Each element of the Label Range Block has the following format:
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|V|C| |
+-+-+-+-+ Min Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Max Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Remaining Labels |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Flags
Q: Query
If the Query flag is set in a request message, the switch
MUST respond with the current range of valid labels. The
current label range is not changed by a request message with
the Query flag set. If the Query flag is zero, the message
is requesting a label change operation.
M: Multipoint Query
If the Multipoint Query flag is set the switch MUST respond
with the current range of valid specialized multipoint
labels. The current label range is not changed by a request
message with the Multipoint Query flag set.
D: Non-contiguous Label Range Indicator
This flag will be set in a Query response if the labels
available for assignment belong to a non-contiguous set.
V: Label
The Label flag use is port type specific.
C: Multipoint Capable
Indicates label range that can be used for multipoint
connections.
Range Count
Count of Label Range elements contained in the Label Range
Block.
Range Length
Byte count in the Label Range Block.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 54]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-55" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Min Label
The minimum label value in the range.
Max Label
The maximum label value in the range.
Remaining Labels
The maximum number of remaining labels that could be requested
for allocation on the specified port.
The success response to a Label Range message requesting a change of
label range is a copy of the request message with the Remaining
Labels field updated to the new values after the Label Range
operation.
If the switch is unable to satisfy a request to change the Label
range, it MUST return a failure response message with the Code field
set to: "40: Cannot support one or more requested label ranges". In
this failure response message, the switch MUST use the Min Label and
Max Label fields to suggest a label range that it is able to satisfy.
A Label Range request message may be issued regardless of the Port
Status or the Line Status of the target switch port. If the Port
field of the request message contains an invalid port (a port that
does not exist or a port that has been removed from the switch) a
failure response message MUST be returned with the Code field set to,
"4: One or more of the specified ports does not exist".
If the Query flag is set in the request message, the switch MUST
reply with a success response message containing the current range of
valid labels that are supported by the port. The Min Label and Max
Label fields are not used in the request message.
If the Multipoint Query flag is set in the request message and the
switch does not support a range of valid multipoint labels, then the
switch MUST reply with a failure response message with the Code field
set to, "42: Specialised multipoint labels not supported". The Min
Label and Max Label fields are not used in the Multipoint request
message.
If a label range changes and there are extant connection states with
labels used by the previous label range, a success response message
MUST be returned with the Code field set to, "46: One or more labels
are still used in the previous Label Range". This action indicates
that the label range has successfully changed but with a warning that
there are extant connection states for the previous label range.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 55]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-56" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.2.1" href="#section-6.2.1">6.2.1</a> Labels</span>
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.2.1.1" href="#section-6.2.1.1">6.2.1.1</a> ATM Labels</span>
If the Label Type = ATM Label, the labels range message MUST be
interpreted as an ATM Label as shown:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|V|C| ATM Label (0x100) | Label Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|x|x| min VPI | min VCI |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|x|x| ATM Label (0x100) | Label Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|x|x| max VPI | max VCI |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Remaining VPI's | Remaining VCI's |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
V: Label
If the Label flag is set, the message refers to a range of
VPI's only. The Min VCI and Max VCI fields are unused. If the
Label flag is zero the message refers to a range of VCI's on
either one VPI or on a range of VPI's.
Min VPI, Max VPI
Specify a range of VPI values, Min VPI to Max VPI inclusive. A
single VPI may be specified with a Min VPI and a Max VPI having
the same value. In a request message, if the value of the Max
VPI field is less than or equal to the value of the Min VPI
field, the requested range is a single VPI with a value equal
to the Min VPI field. Zero is a valid value. In a request
message, if the Query flag is set, and the Label flag is zero,
the Max VPI field specifies a single VPI and the Min VPI field
is not used. The maximum valid value of these fields for both
request and response messages is 0xFFF.
Min VCI, Max VCI
Specify a range of VCI values, Min VCI to Max VCI inclusive. A
single VCI may be specified with a Min VCI and a Max VCI having
the same value. In a request message, if the value of the Max
VCI field is less than or equal to the value of the Min VCI
field, the requested range is a single VCI with a value equal
to the Min VCI field. Zero is a valid value. (However, VPI=0,
VCI=0 is not available as a virtual channel connection as it is
used as a special value in ATM to indicate an unassigned cell.)
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 56]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-57" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Remaining VPI's, Remaining VCI's
These fields are unused in the request message. In the success
response message and in the failure response message these
fields give the maximum number of remaining VPI's and VCI's
that could be requested for allocation on the specified port
(after completion of the requested operation in the case of the
success response). It gives the switch controller an idea of
how many VPI's and VCI's it could request. The number given is
the maximum possible given the constraints of the switch
hardware. There is no implication that this number of VPI's
and VCI's is available to every switch port.
If the Query flag and the Label flag are set in the request message,
the switch MUST reply with a success response message containing the
current range of valid VPI's that are supported by the port. The Min
VPI and Max VPI fields are not used in the request message.
If the Query flag is set and the Label flag is zero in the request
message, the switch MUST reply with a success response message
containing the current range of valid VCI's that are supported by the
VPI specified by the Max VPI field. If the requested VPI is invalid,
a failure response MUST be returned indicating: "13: One or more of
the specified Input Labels is invalid". The Min VPI field is not
used in either the request or success response messages.
If the Query flag is zero and the Label flag is set in the request
message, the Min VPI and Max VPI fields specify the new range of
VPI's to be allocated to the input port specified by the Port field.
The range of VPI's previously allocated to this port SHOULD be
increased or decreased to the specified value.
If the Query flag and the Label flag are zero in the request message,
the Min VCI and Max VCI fields specify the range of VCI's to be
allocated to each of the VPI's specified by the VPI range. The range
of VCI's previously allocated to each of the VPI's within the
specified VPI range on this port, it SHOULD be increased or decreased
to the specified value. The allocated VCI range MUST be the same on
each of the VPI's within the specified VPI range.
If the switch is unable to satisfy a request to change the label
range, it MUST return a failure response message with the Code field
set to: "40: Cannot support one or more requested label ranges". If
the switch is unable to satisfy a request to change the VPI, the
switch MUST use the Min VPI and Max VPI fields to suggest a VPI range
that it would be able to satisfy and set the VCI fields to zero, or
if the switch is unable to satisfy a request to change the VCI range
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 57]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-58" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
on all VPI's within the requested VPI range, the switch MUST use the
Min VPI, Max VPI, Min VCI, and Max VCI fields to suggest a VPI and
VCI range that it would be able to satisfy.
In all other failure response messages for the label range operation,
the switch MUST return the values of Min VPI, Max VPI, Min VCI, and
Max VCI from the request message.
While switches can typically support all 256 or 4096 VPI's, the VCI
range that can be supported is often more constrained. Often the Min
VCI MUST be 0 or 32. Typically all VCI's within a particular VPI
MUST be contiguous. The hint in the failure response message allows
the switch to suggest a label range that it could satisfy in view of
its particular architecture.
While the Label Range message is defined to specify both a range of
VPI's and a range of VCI's within each VPI, the most likely use is to
change either the VPI range or the range of VCI's within a single
VPI. It is possible for a VPI to be valid but to be allocated no
valid VCI's. Such a VPI could be used for a virtual path connection,
but to support virtual channel connections it would need to be
allocated a range of VCI's.
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.2.1.2" href="#section-6.2.1.2">6.2.1.2</a> Frame Relay Labels</span>
If the Label Type = FR Label, the labels range message MUST be
interpreted as Frame Relay Labels as shown:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|V|C| FR Label (0x101) | Label Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|x|x| Res |Len| Min DLCI |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|x|x| FR Label (0x101) | Label Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|x|x| Res |Len| Max DLCI |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Remaining DLCI |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
V: Label
The Label flag is not used.
Res
The Res field is reserved in [<a href="#ref-21" title=""Use of Label Switching on Frame Relay Networks Specification"">21</a>], i.e., it is not explicitly
reserved by GSMP.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 58]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-59" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Len
The Len field specifies the number of bits of the DLCI. The
following values are supported:
Len DLCI bits
0 10
2 23
Min DLCI, Max DLCI
Specify a range of DLCI values, Min DLCI to Max DLCI inclusive.
The values SHOULD be right justified in the 23-bit fields and
the preceding bits SHOULD be set to zero. A single DLCI may be
specified with a Min DLCI and a Max DLCI having the same value.
In a request message, if the value of the Max DLCI field is
less than or equal to the value of the Min DLCI field, the
requested range is a single DLCI with a value equal to the Min
DLCI field. Zero is a valid value.
Remaining DLCI's
This field is unused in the request message. In the success
response message and in the failure response message, this
field gives the maximum number of remaining DLCI's that could
be requested for allocation on the specified port (after
completion of the requested operation in the case of the
success response). It gives the switch controller an idea of
how many DLCI's it could request. The number given is the
maximum possible given the constraints of the switch hardware.
There is no implication that this number of DLCI's is available
to every switch port.
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.2.1.3" href="#section-6.2.1.3">6.2.1.3</a> MPLS Generic Labels</span>
The Label Range Block for PortTypes using MPLS labels. These types
of labels are for use on links for which label values are independent
of the underlying link technology. Examples of such links are PPP
and Ethernet. On such links the labels are carried in MPLS label
stacks [<a href="#ref-14" title=""MPLS Label Stack Encoding"">14</a>]. If Label Type = MPLS Gen Label, the labels range
message MUST be interpreted as MPLS Generic Label as shown:
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 59]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-60" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|V|C| MPLS Gen Label (0x102)| Label Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x| Min MPLS Label |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|x|x| MPLS Gen Label (0x102)| Label Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x| Max MPLS Label |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Remaining Labels |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
V: Label
The Label flag is not used.
Min MPLS Label, Max MPLS Label
Specify a range of MPLS label values, Min MPLS Label to Max
MPLS Label inclusive. The Max and Min MPLS label fields are 20
bits each.
Remaining MPLS Labels
This field is unused in the request message. In the success
response message and in the failure response message this field
gives the maximum number of remaining MPLS Labels that could be
requested for allocation on the specified port (after
completion of the requested operation in the case of the
success response). It gives the switch controller an idea of
how many MPLS Labels it could request. The number given is the
maximum possible given the constraints of the switch hardware.
There is no implication that this number of Labels is available
to every switch port.
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.2.1.4" href="#section-6.2.1.4">6.2.1.4</a> FEC Labels</span>
The Label Range message is not used for FEC Labels and is for further
study.
<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-7" href="#section-7">7</a>. State and Statistics Messages</span>
The state and statistics messages permit the controller to request
the values of various hardware counters associated with the switch
input and output ports and connections. They also permit the
controller to request the connection state of a switch input port.
The Connection Activity message is used to determine whether one or
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 60]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-61" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
more specific connections have recently been carrying traffic. The
Statistics message is used to query the various port and connection
traffic and error counters.
The Report Connection State message is used to request an input port
to report the connection state for a single connection, a single ATM
virtual path connection, or for the entire input port.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1" href="#section-7.1">7.1</a> Connection Activity Message</span>
The Connection Activity message is used to determine whether one or
more specific connections have recently been carrying traffic. The
Connection Activity message contains one or more Activity Records.
Each Activity Record is used to request and return activity
information concerning a single connection. Each connection is
specified by its input port and Input Label which are specified in
the Input Port and Input Label fields of each Activity Record.
Two forms of activity detection are supported. If the switch
supports per connection traffic accounting, the current value of the
traffic counter for each specified connection MUST be returned. The
units of traffic counted are not specified but will typically be
either cells or frames. The controller MUST compare the traffic
counts returned in the message with previous values for each of the
specified connections to determine whether each connection has been
active in the intervening period. If the switch does not support per
connection traffic accounting, but is capable of detecting per
connection activity by some other unspecified means, the result may
be indicated for each connection using the Flags field. The
Connection Activity message is:
Message Type = 48
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 61]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-62" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The Connection Activity request and success response messages have
the following format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Number of Records |x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Activity Records ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general messages will not be explained in
this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-3.1">section 3.1</a> for details.
Number of Records
Field specifies the number of Activity Records to follow. The
number of Activity records in a single Connection Activity
message MUST NOT cause the packet length to exceed the maximum
transmission unit defined by the encapsulation.
Each Activity Record has the following format:
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|V|C|A|x| TC Count | TC Block Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Input Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
+ Traffic Count +
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Input Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 62]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-63" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Flags
V: Valid Record
In the success response message the Valid Record flag is
used to indicate an invalid Activity Record. The flag MUST
be zero if any of the fields in this Activity Record are
invalid, if the input port specified by the Input Port field
does not exist, or if the specified connection does not
exist. If the Valid Record flag is zero in a success
response message, the Counter flag, the Activity flag, and
the Traffic Count field are undefined. If the Valid Record
flag is set, the Activity Record is valid, and the Counter
and Activity flags are valid. The Valid Record flag is not
used in the request message.
C: Counter
In a success response message, if the Valid Record flag is
set, the Counter flag, if zero, indicates that the value in
the Traffic Count field is valid. If set, it indicates that
the value in the Activity flag is valid. The Counter flag
is not used in the request message.
A: Activity
In a success response message, if the Valid Record and
Counter flags are set, the Activity flag, if set, indicates
that there has been some activity on this connection since
the last Connection Activity message for this connection.
If zero, it indicates that there has been no activity on
this connection since the last Connection Activity message
for this connection. The Activity flag is not used in the
request message.
TC Count
In cases where per connection traffic counting is supported,
this field contains the count of Traffic Count entries.
TC Block Length
In cases where per connection traffic counting is supported,
this field contains the Traffic Count block size in bytes.
Input Port
Identifies the port number of the input port on which the
connection of interest originates in order to identify the
connection (regardless of whether the traffic count for the
connection is maintained on the input port or the output port).
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 63]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-64" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Input Label
Fields identify the specific connection for which statistics
are being requested.
Traffic Count
Field is not used in the request message. In the success
response message, if the switch supports per connection traffic
counting, the Traffic Count field MUST be set to the value of a
free running, connection specific, 64-bit traffic counter
counting traffic flowing across the specified connection. The
value of the traffic counter is not modified by reading it. If
per connection traffic counting is supported, the switch MUST
report the Connection Activity result using the traffic count
rather than using the Activity flag.
The format of the failure response is the same as the request message
with the Number of Records field set to zero and no Connection
Activity records returned in the message. If the switch is incapable
of detecting per connection activity, a failure response MUST be
returned indicating, "3: The specified request is not implemented on
this switch".
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2" href="#section-7.2">7.2</a> Statistics Messages</span>
The Statistics messages are used to query the various port,
connection and error counters.
The Statistics request messages have the following format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general messages will not be explained in
this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-3.1">section 3.1</a> for details.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 64]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-65" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Label
The Label Fields identifies the specific connection for which
statistics are being requested.
The success response for the Statistics message has the following
format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
+ Input Cell Count +
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
+ Input Frame Count +
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
+ Input Cell Discard Count +
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
+ Input Frame Discard Count +
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
+ Header Checksum Error Count +
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
+ Input Invalid Label Count +
| |
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 65]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-66" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
+ Output Cell Count +
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
+ Output Frame Count +
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
+ Output Cell Discard Count +
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
+ Output Frame Discard Count +
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Field and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general messages will not be explained in
this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-3.1">section 3.1</a> for details.
Input Cell Count, Output Cell Count
Give the value of a free running 64-bit counter counting cells
arriving at the input or departing from the output
respectively. These fields are relevant for label type = ATM,
for all other label types these fields SHOULD be set to zero by
the sender and ignored by the receiver.
Input Frame Count, Output Frame Count
Give the value of a free running 64-bit counter counting frames
(packets) arriving at the input or departing from the output
respectively. These fields are relevant for label types = FR
and MPLS, for all other label types these fields SHOULD be set
to zero by the sender and ignored by the receiver.
Input Cell Discard Count, Output Cell Discard Count
Give the value of a free running 64-bit counter counting cells
discarded due to queue overflow on an input port or on an
output port respectively. These fields are relevant for label
type = ATM, for all other label types these fields SHOULD be
set to zero by the sender and ignored by the receiver.
Input Frame Discard Count, Output Frame Discard Count
Give the value of a free running 64-bit counter counting frames
discarded due to congestion on an input port or on an output
port respectively. These fields are relevant for label
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 66]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-67" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
types = FR and MPLS, for all other label types these fields
SHOULD be set to zero by the sender and ignored by the
receiver.
Header Checksum Error Count
Gives the value of a free running 64-bit counter counting cells
or frames discarded due to header checksum errors on arrival at
an input port. For an ATM switch this would be the HEC count.
Invalid Label Count
Gives the value of a free running 64-bit counter counting cells
or frames discarded because their Label is invalid on arrival
at an input port.
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2.1" href="#section-7.2.1">7.2.1</a> Port Statistics Message</span>
The Port Statistics message requests the statistics for the switch
port specified in the Port field. The contents of the Label field in
the Port Statistics request message is ignored. All of the count
fields in the success response message refer to per-port counts
regardless of the connection to which the cells or frames belong.
Any of the count fields in the success response message not supported
by the port MUST be set to zero. The Port Statistics message is:
Message Type = 49
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2.2" href="#section-7.2.2">7.2.2</a> Connection Statistics Message</span>
The Connection Statistics message requests the statistics for the
connection specified in the Label field that originates on the switch
input port specified in the Port field. All of the count fields in
the success response message refer only to the specified connection.
The Header Checksum Error Count and Invalid Label Count fields are
not connection specific and MUST be set to zero. Any of the other
count fields not supported on a per connection basis MUST be set to
zero in the success response message. The Connection Statistics
message is:
Message Type = 50
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 67]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-68" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2.3" href="#section-7.2.3">7.2.3</a> QoS Class Statistics Message</span>
The QoS Class Statistics message is not supported in this version of
GSMP.
Message Type = 51 is reserved.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.3" href="#section-7.3">7.3</a> Report Connection State Message</span>
The Report Connection State message is used to request an input port
to report the connection state for a single connection or for the
entire input port. The Report Connection State message is:
Message Type = 52
The Report Connection State request message has the following format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Input Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|A|V| |
+-+-+-+-+ Input Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Field and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general messages will not be explained in
this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-3.1">section 3.1</a> for details.
Input Port
Identifies the port number of the input port for which the
connection state is being requested.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 68]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-69" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Flags
A: All Connections
If the All Connections flag is set, the message requests the
connection state for all connections that originate at the
input port specified by the Input Port field. In this case
the Input Label field and the Label flag are unused.
V: ATM VPI
The ATM VPI flag may only be set for ports with
PortType=ATM. If the switch receives a Report Connection
State message in which the ATM VPI flag set and in which the
input port specified by the Input Port field does not have
PortType=ATM, the switch MUST return a Failure response "28:
ATM Virtual Path switching is not supported on non-ATM
ports".
If the All Connections flag is zero and the ATM VPI flag is
also zero, the message requests the connection state for the
connection that originates at the input port specified by
the Port and Input Label fields.
ATM specific procedures:
If the All Connections flag is zero and the ATM VPI flag is
set and the input port specified by the Input Port field has
LabelType=ATM, the message requests the connection state for
the virtual path connection that originates at the input
port specified by the Input Port and Input VPI fields. If
the specified Input VPI identifies an ATM virtual path
connection (i.e., a single switched virtual path) the state
for that connection is requested. If the specified Input
VPI identifies a virtual path containing virtual channel
connections, the message requests the connection state for
all virtual channel connections that belong to the specified
virtual path.
Input Label
Field identifies the specific connection for which the
connection state is being requested. For requests that do not
require a connection to be specified, the Input Label field is
not used.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 69]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-70" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The Report Connection State success response message has the
following format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Input Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Sequence Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Connection Records ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general messages will not be explained in
this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-3.1">section 3.1</a> for details.
Input Port
Is the same as the Input Port field in the request message. It
identifies the port number of the input port for which the
connection state is being reported.
Sequence Number
In the case that the requested connection state cannot be
reported in a single success response message, each successive
success response message, in reply to the same request message,
MUST increment the Sequence Number. The Sequence Number of the
first success response message, in response to a new request
message, MUST be zero.
Connection Records
Each success response message MUST contain one or more
Connection Records. Each Connection Record specifies a single
point-to-point or point-to-multipoint connection. The number
of Connection Records in a single Report Connection State
success response MUST NOT cause the packet length to exceed the
maximum transmission unit defined by the encapsulation. If the
requested connection state cannot be reported in a single
success response message, multiple success response messages
MUST be sent. All success response messages that are sent in
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 70]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-71" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
response to the same request message MUST have the same Input
Port and Transaction Identifier fields as the request message.
A single Connection Record MUST NOT be split across multiple
success response messages. "More" in the Result field of a
response message indicates that one or more further success
response messages should be expected in response to the same
request message. "Success" in the Result field indicates that
the response to the request has been completed. The Result
values are defined in chapter 3.1.1.
Each Connection Record has the following format:
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|A|V|P| Record Count | Record Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Input Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Output Branch Records ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Flags
A: All Connections
V: ATM VPI
For the first Connection Record in each success response
message, the All Connections and the ATM VPI flags MUST be
the same as those of the request message. For successive
Connection Records in the same success response message,
these flags are not used.
P: ATM VPC
The ATM VPC flag may only be set for ports with
PortType=ATM. The ATM VPC flag, if set and only if set,
indicates that the Connection Record refers to an ATM
virtual path connection.
Input Label
The input label of the connection specified in this Connection
Record.
Record Count
Count of Output Branch Records included in a response message.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 71]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-72" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Record Length
Length in bytes of Output Branch Records field
Output Branch Records
Each Connection Record MUST contain one or more Output Branch
Records. Each Output Branch Record specifies a single output
branch belonging to the connection identified by the Input
Label field of the Connection Record and the Input Port field
of the Report Connection State message. A point-to-point
connection will require only a single Output Branch Record. A
point-to-multipoint connection will require multiple Output
Branch Records. If a point-to-multipoint connection has more
output branches than can fit in a single Connection Record
contained within a single success response message, that
connection may be reported using multiple Connection Records in
multiple success response messages.
Each Output Branch Record has the following format:
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Output Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Output Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Output Port
The output port of the switch to which this output branch is
routed.
Output Label
The output label of the output branch specified in this Output
Branch Record.
ATM specific procedures:
If this Output Branch Record is part of a Connection Record
that specifies a virtual path connection (the ATM VPC flag
is set) the Output VCI field is unused.
A Report Connection State request message may be issued regardless of
the Port Status or the Line Status of the target switch port.
If the Input Port of the request message is valid, and the All
Connections flag is set, but there are no connections established on
that port, a failure response message MUST be returned with the Code
field set to, "10: General Message Failure". For the Report
Connection State message, this failure code indicates that no
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 72]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-73" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
connections matching the request message were found. This failure
message SHOULD also be returned if the Input Port of the request
message is valid, the All Connections flag is zero, and no
connections are found on that port matching the specified connection.
<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-8" href="#section-8">8</a>. Configuration Messages</span>
The configuration messages permit the controller to discover the
capabilities of the switch. Three configuration request messages
have been defined: Switch, Port, and All Ports.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.1" href="#section-8.1">8.1</a> Switch Configuration Message</span>
The Switch Configuration message requests the global (non port-
specific) configuration for the switch. The Switch Configuration
message is:
Message Type = 64
The Port field is not used in the switch configuration message.
The Switch Configuration message has the following format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| MType | MType | MType | MType |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Firmware Version Number | Window Size |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Switch Type | |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ +
| Switch Name |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Max Reservations |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general messages will not be explained in
this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-3.1">section 3.1</a> for details.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 73]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-74" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
MType
Represents an alternative QoS Configuration type. In the
request message the requested MType is in the most significant
(leftmost) MType byte; the other three MType bytes are unused.
The reply message will either accept the MType request by
including the requested MType in the leftmost MType field of
the response message or it will reject the MType request by
responding with MType=0, the default MType, in the first MType
field. Optionally, in the case of a rejection, the switch
reply can include up to 3 additional MType values, each of
which indicates an available alternative QoS Configuration. A
switch that supports only the default QoS Configuration always
returns MType=0 in all four MType fields. MType negotiation is
discussed in <a href="#section-8.1.1">section 8.1.1</a>.
0 - Indicates use of the default GSMP model
1-200 - Reserved
201-255 - Experimental
Firmware Version Number
The version number of the switch control firmware installed.
Window Size
The maximum number of unacknowledged request messages that may
be transmitted by the controller without the possibility of
loss. This field is used to prevent request messages being
lost in the switch because of overflow in the receive buffer.
The field is a hint to the controller. If desired, the
controller may experiment with higher and lower window sizes to
determine heuristically the best window size.
Switch Type
A 16-bit field allocated by the manufacturer of the switch.
(For these purposes, the manufacturer of the switch is assumed
to be the organisation identified by the OUI in the Switch Name
field.) The Switch Type identifies the product. When the
Switch Type is combined with the OUI from the Switch Name the
product is uniquely identified. Network Management may use
this identification to obtain product related information from
a database.
Switch Name
A 48-bit quantity that is unique within the operational context
of the device. A 48-bit IEEE 802 MAC address, if available,
may be used as the Switch Name. The most significant 24 bits
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 74]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-75" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
of the Switch Name MUST be an Organisationally Unique
Identifier (OUI) that identifies the manufacturer of the
switch.
Max Reservations
The maximum number of Reservations that the switch can support
(see Chapter 5). A value of 0 indicates that the switch does
not support Reservations.
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.1.1" href="#section-8.1.1">8.1.1</a> Configuration Message Processing</span>
After adjacency between a controller and after a switch is first
established the controller that opts to use a QoS Configuration model
other then the default would send the Switch Configuration request
including the requested QoS Configuration's MType value in the
request message. This request MUST be sent before any connection
messages are exchanged. If the switch can support the requested QoS
configuration, then the switch includes the requested MType value in
the response message as an indication that it accepts the request.
If the switch cannot support the requested QoS Configuration, it
replaces the MType value in the request message with that of the
default QoS Configuration, i.e., MType=0.
The switch configuration response messages may additionally include
the MType values of up to three alternative QoS Configurations that
the switch supports and that the controller may choose between.
The exchange continues until the controller sends a requested MType
that the switch accepts or until it sends a connection request
message. If the exchange ends without confirmation of an alternate
switch model, then the default Mtype=0 is be used.
Once an MType has been established for the switch, it cannot be
changed without full restart, that is the re-establishment of
adjacency with the resetting of all connections.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.2" href="#section-8.2">8.2</a> Port Configuration Message</span>
The Port Configuration message requests the switch for the
configuration information of a single switch port. The Port field in
the request message specifies the port for which the configuration is
requested. The Port Configuration message is:
Message Type = 65.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 75]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-76" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The Port Configuration success response message has the following
format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port Session Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Event Sequence Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Event Flags | Port Attribute Flags |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| PortType |S|x|x|x|x|x|x|x| Data Fields Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ PortType Specific Data ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x| Number of Service Specs |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-|
| |
~ Service Specs List ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general messages will not be explained in
this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-3.1">section 3.1</a> for details.
Port
The switch port to which the configuration information refers.
Configuration information relating to both the input and the
output sides of the switch port is given. Port numbers are 32
bits wide and allocated by the switch. The switch may choose
to structure the 32 bits into subfields that have meaning to
the physical structure of the switch hardware (e.g., physical
slot and port). This structure may be indicated in the
Physical Slot Number and Physical Port Number fields.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 76]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-77" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Event Sequence Number
The Event Sequence Number is set to zero when the port is
initialised. It is incremented by one each time the port
detects an asynchronous event that the switch would normally
report via an Event message. The Event Sequence Number is
explained in <a href="#section-9">section 9</a>.
Event Flags
Event Flags in a switch port corresponds to a type of Event
message.
Port Attribute Flags
Port Attribute Flags indicate specific behaviour of a switch
port. The format of the Port Attribute Flags field is given
below:
0 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|R|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
R: Connection Replace flag
If set, indicates that connections being established by an
Add Branch message with a corresponding R-bit set will
replace any previously established connection if a clash
between the established output branch and the requested
output branch occurs [see chapter 4.2].
x: Unused.
PortType
1: PortType is ATM
2: PortType is FR
3: PortType is MPLS
S: Service Model
If set, indicates that Service Model data follows the
PortSpecific port configuration data.
Data Fields Length
The total length in bytes of the combined PortType Specific
Data and Service Model Data fields. The length of each of
these fields may be derived from the other data so the value of
Data Fields Length serves primarily as a check and to assist
parsing of the All Ports Configuration message success
response.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 77]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-78" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
PortType Specific Data
This field contains the configuration data specific to the
particular port type as specified by the PortType field. The
field format and length also depends on the value of the
PortType. PortType Specific Data is defined below.
Number of Service Specs
Field contains the total number of Service Specs following in
the remainder of the Port Configuration message response or
Port Configuration Record.
Service Specs List
The Service Specs correspond to the Input and Output Service
selectors used in Connection Management and Reservation
messages. Specifically they define the possible values used
when the Service Selector (IQS or OQS) is set to 0b10
indicating the use of the default service specification model
defined in Chapter 10.
Service Spec
The format of each service spec is given below:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Service ID | Capability Set ID |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Each Service Spec identifies a Service supported by the switch
together with the Capability Set ID that identifies the
parameters of that instance of the Service. The Service Spec
List may contain more than one Service Spec sharing the same
Service ID. However, each Service Spec in the Service Specs
List MUST be unique.
Service ID
Field contains the Service ID of a Service supported on the
port. Service ID values are defined as part of the Service
definition in Chapter 9.6.
Capability Set ID
Field identifies a Capability Set ID of the Service
specified by the Service ID that is supported on the port.
Capability Set ID values are defined by the Switch in the
Service Configuration response message (see <a href="#section-8.4">Section 8.4</a>).
The switch MUST NOT return a {Service ID, Capability Set ID}
pair that is not reported in a Service Configuration
response message.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 78]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-79" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.2.1" href="#section-8.2.1">8.2.1</a> PortType Specific Data</span>
The length, format and semantics of the PortType Specific Data field
in the Port Configuration message success response and in the Port
Records of the All Port Configuration message success response all
depend on the PortType value of the same message or record
respectively. The specification of the PortType Specific Data field
is given below. For each defined PortType value the Min and Max
Label fields are given in the subsequent subsections.
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|P|M|L|R|Q| Label Range Count | Label Range Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Default Label Range Block ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Receive Data Rate |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Transmit Data Rate |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port Status | Line Type | Line Status | Priorities |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Physical Slot Number | Physical Port Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general messages will not be explained in
this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-3.1">section 3.1</a> for details.
Where each of the ranges in the Default Label Range Blocks will have
the following format:
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|V|C| |
+-+-+-+-+ Min Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Max Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 79]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-80" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Flags
P: VP Switching
The ATM VPC flag may only be set for ports with
PortType=ATM. The VP Switching flag, if set, indicates that
this input port is capable of supporting virtual path
switching. Else, if zero, it indicates that this input port
is only capable of virtual channel switching.
M: Multicast Labels
The Multicast Labels flag, if set, indicates that this
output port is capable of labelling each output branch of a
point-to-multipoint tree with a different label. If zero,
it indicates that this output port is not able to label each
output branch of a point-to-multipoint tree with a different
label.
L: Logical Multicast
The Logical Multicast flag, if set, indicates that this
output port is capable of supporting more than a single
branch from any point-to-multipoint connection. This
capability is often referred to as logical multicast. If
zero, it indicates that this output port can only support a
single output branch from each point-to-multipoint
connection.
R: Label Range
The Label Range flag, if set, indicates that this switch
port is capable of reallocating its label range and
therefore accepts the Label Range message. Else, if zero,
it indicates that this port does not accept Label Range
messages.
Q: QoS
The QoS flag, if set, indicates that this switch port is
capable of handling the Quality of Service messages defined
in <a href="#section-9">section 9</a> of this specification. Else, if zero, it
indicates that this port does not accept the Quality of
Service messages.
V: Label
The Label flag is port type specific.
C: Multipoint Capable
This flag indicates that the label range may be used for
multipoint connections.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 80]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-81" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Label Range Count
The total number of Default Label Range elements contained in
the Default Label Range Block.
Label Range Length
Byte count in the Default Label Range Block.
Min Label
The specification of the Min Label field for each defined
PortType value is given in the subsequent subsections. The
default minimum value of a dynamically assigned incoming label
that the connection table on the input port supports and that
may be controlled by GSMP. This value is not changed as a
result of the Label Range message.
Max Label
The specification of the Max Label field for each defined
PortType value is given in the subsequent subsections. The
default maximum value of a dynamically assigned incoming label
that the connection table on the input port supports and that
may be controlled by GSMP. This value is not changed as a
result of the Label Range message.
Receive Data Rate
The maximum rate of data that may arrive at the input port in;
cells/s for PortType = ATM
bytes/s for PortType = FR
bytes/s for PortType = MPLS
Transmit Data Rate
The maximum rate of data that may depart from the output port
in;
cells/s for PortType = ATM
bytes/s for PortType = FR
bytes/s for PortType = MPLS
(The transmit data rate of the output port may be changed by
the Set Transmit Data Rate function of the Port Management
message.)
Port Status
Gives the administrative state of the port. The defined values
of the Port Status field are:
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 81]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-82" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Available:
Port Status = 1. The port is available to both send and
receive cells or frames. When a port changes to the
Available state from any other administrative state, all
dynamically assigned connections MUST be cleared and a new
Port Session Number MUST be generated.
Unavailable:
Port Status = 2. The port has intentionally been taken out
of service. No cells or frames will be transmitted from
this port. No cells or frames will be received by this
port.
Internal Loopback:
Port Status = 3. The port has intentionally been taken out
of service and is in internal loopback: cells or frames
arriving at the output port from the switch fabric are
looped through to the input port to return to the switch
fabric. All of the functions of the input port above the
physical layer, e.g., header translation, are performed upon
the looped back cells or frames.
External Loopback:
Port Status = 4. The port has intentionally been taken out
of service and is in external loopback: cells or frames
arriving at the input port from the external communications
link are immediately looped back to the communications link
at the physical layer without entering the input port. None
of the functions of the input port above the physical layer
are performed upon the looped back cells or frames.
Bothway Loopback:
Port Status = 5. The port has intentionally been taken out
of service and is in both internal and external loopback.
The Port Status of the port over which the GSMP session
controlling the switch is running MUST be declared Available.
The controller will ignore any other Port status for this port.
The Port Status of switch ports after power-on initialisation
is not defined by GSMP.
Line Type
The type of physical transmission interface for this port. The
values for this field are defined by the IANAifType's specified
in [<a href="#ref-17" title="http://www.iana.org">17</a>].
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 82]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-83" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The following values are identified for use in this version
of the protocol.
PortType = Unknown: other(1)
PortType = MPLS: ethernetCsmacd(6),
ppp(23)
PortType = ATM: atm(37)
PortType = FR: frameRelayService(44)
Line Status
The status of the physical transmission medium connected to the
port. The defined values of the Line Status field are:
Up:
Line Status = 1. The line is able to both send and
receive. When the Line Status changes to Up from
either the Down or Test states, a new Port Session
Number MUST be generated.
Down:
Line Status = 2. The line is unable either to send
or receive or both.
Test:
Line Status = 3. The port or line is in a test
mode, for example, power-on test.
Priorities
The number of different priority levels that this output port
can assign to connections. Zero is invalid in this field. If
an output port is able to support "Q" priorities, the highest
priority is numbered zero and the lowest priority is numbered
"Q-1". The ability to offer different qualities of service to
different connections based upon their priority is assumed to
be a property of the output port of the switch. It may be
assumed that for connections that share the same output port, a
cell or frame on a connection with a higher priority is much
more likely to exit the switch before a cell or frame on a
connection with a lower priority if they are both in the switch
at the same time.
Physical Slot Number
The physical location of the slot in which the port is located.
It is an unsigned 16-bit integer that can take any value except
0xFFFF. The value 0xFFFF is used to indicate "unknown". The
Physical Slot Number is not used by the GSMP protocol. It is
provided to assist network management in functions such as
logging, port naming, and graphical representation.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 83]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-84" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Physical Port Number
The physical location of the port within the slot in which the
port is located. It is an unsigned 16-bit integer that can
take any value except 0xFFFF. The value 0xFFFF is used to
indicate "unknown". The Physical Port Number is not used by
the GSMP protocol. It is provided to assist network management
in functions such as logging, port naming, and graphical
representation.
There MUST be a one to one mapping between the Port Number and
the Physical Slot Number and Physical Port Number combination.
Two different Port Numbers MUST NOT yield the same Physical
Slot Number and Physical Port Number combination. The same
Port Number MUST yield the same Physical Slot Number and
Physical Port Number within a single GSMP session. If both
Physical Slot Number and Physical Port Number indicate
"unknown" the physical location of switch ports may be
discovered by looking up the product identity in a database to
reveal the physical interpretation of the 32-bit Port Number.
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.2.1.1" href="#section-8.2.1.1">8.2.1.1</a> PortType Specific data for PortType=ATM</span>
If PortType=ATM, the Default Label Range Block has the following
format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|V|x| ATM Label (0x100) | Label Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x x x x| VPI | VCI |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
V: Label
If the Label flag is set, the message refers to a range of
VPI's only. The Min VCI and Max VCI fields are unused. If the
Label flag is zero the message refers to a range of VCI's on
either one VPI or on a range of VPI's.
Min VPI
The default minimum value of dynamically assigned incoming VPI
that the connection table on the input port supports and that
may be controlled by GSMP.
Max VPI
The default maximum value of dynamically assigned incoming VPI
that the connection table on the input port supports and that
may be controlled by GSMP.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 84]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-85" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
At power-on, after a hardware reset, and after the Reset Input
Port function of the Port Management message, the input port
MUST handle all values of VPI within the range Min VPI to Max
VPI inclusive and GSMP MUST be able to control all values
within this range. It should be noted that the range Min VPI
to Max VPI refers only to the incoming VPI range that can be
supported by the associated port. No restriction is placed on
the values of outgoing VPI's that may be written into the cell
header. If the switch does not support virtual paths it is
acceptable for both Min VPI and Max VPI to specify the same
value, most likely zero.
Use of the Label Range message allows the range of VPI's
supported by the port to be changed. However, the Min VPI and
Max VPI fields in the Port Configuration and All Ports
Configuration messages always report the same default values
regardless of the operation of the Label Range message.
Min VCI
The default minimum value of a dynamically assigned incoming
VCI that the connection table on the input port can support and
may be controlled by GSMP. This value is not changed as a
result of the Label Range message.
Max VCI
The default maximum value of a dynamically assigned incoming
VCI that the connection table on the input port can support and
may be controlled by GSMP.
At power-on, after a hardware reset, and after the Reset Input
Port function of the Port Management message, the input port
MUST handle all values of VCI within the range Min VCI to Max
VCI inclusive, for each of the virtual paths in the range Min
VPI to Max VPI inclusive, and GSMP MUST be able to control all
values within this range. It should be noted that the range
Min VCI to Max VCI refers only to the incoming VCI range that
can be supported by the associated port on each of the virtual
paths in the range Min VPI to Max VPI. No restriction is
placed on the values of outgoing VCI's that may be written into
the cell header. Use of the Label Range message allows the
range of VCI's to be changed on each VPI supported by the port.
However, the Min VCI and Max VCI fields in the Port
Configuration and All Ports Configuration messages always
report the same default values regardless of the operation of
the Label Range message.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 85]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-86" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
For a port over which the GSMP protocol is operating, the VCI of the
GSMP control channel may or may not be reported as lying within the
range Min VCI to Max VCI. A switch should honour a connection
request message that specifies the VCI value of the GSMP control
channel even if it lies outside the range Min VCI to Max VCI
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.2.1.2" href="#section-8.2.1.2">8.2.1.2</a> PortType Specific data for PortType=FR</span>
If PortType=FR, the Default Label Range Block has the following
format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| FR Label (0x101) | Label Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x x x x|Res|Len| DLCI |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Res
The Res field is reserved in [<a href="#ref-21" title=""Use of Label Switching on Frame Relay Networks Specification"">21</a>], i.e., it is not explicitly
reserved by GSMP.
Len
This field specifies the number of bits of the DLCI. The
following values are supported:
Len DLCI bits
0 10
2 23
Min DLCI, Max DLCI
Specify a range of DLCI values, Min DLCI to Max DLCI inclusive.
The values SHOULD be right justified in the 23-bit fields and
the preceding bits SHOULD be set to zero. A single DLCI may be
specified with a Min DLCI and a Max DLCI having the same value.
In a request message, if the value of the Max DLCI field is
less than or equal to the value of the Min DLCI field, the
requested range is a single DLCI with a value equal to the Min
DLCI field. Zero is a valid value.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 86]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-87" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.2.1.3" href="#section-8.2.1.3">8.2.1.3</a> PortType Specific data for PortType=MPLS</span>
The Default Label Range Block for PortTypes using MPLS labels. These
types of labels are for use on links for which label values are
independent of the underlying link technology. Examples of such
links are PPP and Ethernet. On such links the labels are carried in
MPLS label stacks [<a href="#ref-14" title=""MPLS Label Stack Encoding"">14</a>]. Ports of the Type MPLS have the following
format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|x|x| MPLS Gen Label (0x102)| Label Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x| MPLS Label |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Min MPLS Label, Max MPLS Label
Specify a range of MPLS label values, Min MPLS Label to Max
MPLS Label inclusive. The Max and Min MPLS label fields are 20
bits each.
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.2.1.4" href="#section-8.2.1.4">8.2.1.4</a> PortType Specific data for PortType=FEC</span>
The Default Label Range Block for PortTypes using FEC labels is not
used. The Label Range Count and Label Range Length fields defined in
[8.2.1] should be set to 0.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.3" href="#section-8.3">8.3</a> All Ports Configuration Message</span>
The All Ports Configuration message requests the switch for the
configuration information of all of its ports. The All Ports
Configuration message is:
Message Type = 66
The Port field is not used in the request message.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 87]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-88" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The All Ports Configuration success response message has the
following format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x| Number of Records |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Port Records ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general messages will not be explained in
this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-3.1">section 3.1</a> for details.
Number of Records
Field gives the total number of Port Records to be returned in
response to the All Ports Configuration request message. The
number of port records in a single All Ports Configuration
success response MUST NOT cause the packet length to exceed the
maximum transmission unit defined by the encapsulation. If a
switch has more ports than can be sent in a single success
response message it MUST send multiple success response
messages. All success response messages that are sent in
response to the same request message MUST have the same
Transaction Identifier as the request message and the same
value in the Number of Records field. All success response
messages that are sent in response to the same request message,
except for the last message, MUST have the result field set to
"More". The last message, or a single success response
message, MUST have the result field set to "Success". All Port
records within a success response message MUST be complete,
i.e., a single Port record MUST NOT be split across multiple
success response messages.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 88]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-89" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Port Records
Follow in the remainder of the message. Each port record has
the following format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port Session Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Event Sequence Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Event Flags | Port Attribute Flags |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| PortType |S|x|x|x|x|x|x|x| Data Fields Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ PortType Specific Data ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x| Number of Service Specs |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Service Specs List ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
The definition of the fields in the Port Record is exactly the same
as that of the Port Configuration message [<a href="#section-8.2">section 8.2</a>].
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.4" href="#section-8.4">8.4</a> Service Configuration Message</span>
The Service Configuration message requests the switch for the
configuration information of the Services that are supported. The
Service Configuration message is:
Message Type = 67
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 89]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-90" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The Service Configuration success response message has the following
format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x| Number of Service Records |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Service Records ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general messages will not be explained in
this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-3.1">section 3.1</a> for details.
Number of Service Records
Field gives the total number of Service Records to be returned
in the Service Records field.
Service Records
A sequence of zero or more Service Records. The switch returns
one Service Record for each Service that it supports on any of
its ports. A Service record contains the configuration data of
the specified Service. Each Service Record has the following
format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Service ID | Number of Cap. Set. Records |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| |
~ Capability Set Records ~
| |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Service ID
The Service ID Field identifies the Service supported by the
port. The Services are defined with their Service ID values as
described in <a href="#section-10.2">section 10.2</a>.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 90]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-91" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Number of Cap. Set. Records
Field gives the total number of Capability Set Records to be
returned in the Service Record field.
Capability Set Records
The switch returns one or more Capability Set Records in each
Service Record. A Capability Set contains a set of parameters
that describe the QoS parameter values and traffic controls
that apply to an instance of the Service. Each Capability Set
record has the following format:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Cap. Set ID | Traffic Controls |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| CLR | CTD |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Frequency | CDV |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Capability Set ID
The value in this Field defines a Capability Set ID supported
by the switch. The values of a Capability Set ID are assigned
by the switch and used in Port Configuration messages to
identify Capability Sets supported by individual ports. Each
Capability Set Record within a Service Record MUST have a
unique Capability Set ID.
Traffic Controls
Field identifies the availability of Traffic Controls within
the Capability Set. Traffic Controls are defined as part of
the respective Service definition, see Chapter 10. Some or all
of the Traffic Controls may be undefined for a given Service,
in which case the corresponding Flag is ignored by the
controller. The Traffic Controls field is formatted into
Traffic Control Sub-fields as follows:
0 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| U | D | I | E | S | V |x x x x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Traffic Control Sub-fields have the following encoding:
0b00 Indicates that the Traffic Control is not available in
the Capability Set.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 91]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-92" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
0b01 Indicates that the Traffic Control is applied to all
connections that use the Capability Set.
0b10 Indicates that the Traffic Control is available for
application to connections that use the Capability Set
on a per connection basis.
0b11 Reserved
Traffic Control Sub-fields:
U: Usage Parameter Control
The Usage Parameter Control sub-field indicates the
availability of Usage Parameter Control for the
specified Service and Capability Set.
D: Packet Discard
The Packet Discard sub-field indicates the availability
of Packet Discard for the specified Service and
Capability Set.
I: Ingress Shaping
The Ingress Shaping sub-field indicates the
availability of Ingress Traffic Shaping to the Peak
Cell Rate and Cell Delay Variation Tolerance for the
specified Service and Capability Set.
E: Egress Shaping, Peak Rate
The Egress Shaping, Peak Rate sub-field indicates the
availability of Egress Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate
and Cell Delay Variation Tolerance for the specified
Service and Capability Set.
S: Egress Traffic Shaping, Sustainable Rate
The Egress Shaping, Sustainable Rate sub-field, if set,
indicates that Egress Traffic Shaping to the
Sustainable Cell Rate and Maximum Burst Size is
available for the specified Service and Capability Set.
V: VC Merge
The VC Merge sub-field indicates the availability of
ATM Virtual Channel Merge (i.e., multipoint to point
ATM switching with a traffic control to avoid AAL5 PDU
interleaving) capability for the specified Service and
Capability Set.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 92]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-93" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
QoS Parameters
The remaining four fields in the Capability Set Record contain
the values of QoS Parameters. QoS Parameters are defined as
part of the respective Service definition, see Chapter 9.6.
Some or all of the QoS Parameters may be undefined for a given
Service, in which case the corresponding field is ignored by
the controller.
CLR: Cell Loss Ratio
The Cell Loss Ratio parameter indicates the CLR
guaranteed by the switch for the specified Service. A
cell loss ratio is expressed as an order of magnitude
n, where the CLR takes the value of ten raised to the
power of -n, i.e., log(CLR)=-n. The value n is coded
as a binary integer, having a range of 1 <= n <= 15.
In addition, the value 0b1111 1111 indicates that no
CLR guarantees are given.
Frequency
The frequency field is coded as an 8 bit unsigned
integer. Frequency applies to the MPLS CR-LDP Service
(see <a href="#section-10.4.3">Section 10.4.3</a>). Valid values of Frequency are:
0 - Very frequent
1 - Frequent
2 - Unspecified
CTD: Cell Transfer Delay
The CTD value is expressed in units of microseconds.
It is coded as a 24-bit integer.
CDV: Peak-to-peak Cell Delay Variation
The CDV value is expressed in units of microseconds.
It is coded as a 24-bit integer.
<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-9" href="#section-9">9</a>. Event Messages</span>
Event messages allow the switch to inform the controller of certain
asynchronous events. By default the controller does not acknowledge
event messages unless ReturnReceipt is set in the Result field. The
Code field is only used in case of Adjacency Update message,
otherwise it is not used and SHOULD be set to zero. Event messages
are not sent during initialisation. Event messages have the
following format:
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 93]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-94" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Result | Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Transaction Identifier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|I| SubMessage Number | Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Port Session Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Event Sequence Number |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x|S|x|x| |
+-+-+-+-+ Label |
~ ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
description of the general messages will not be explained in
this section. Please refer to <a href="#section-3.1">section 3.1</a> for details.
Event Sequence Number
The current value of the Event Sequence Number for the
specified port. The Event Sequence Number is set to zero when
the port is initialised. It is incremented by one each time
the port detects an asynchronous event that the switch would
normally report via an Event message. The Event Sequence
Number MUST be incremented each time an event occurs even if
the switch is prevented from sending an Event message due to
the action of the flow control.
Label
Field gives the Label to which the event message refers. If
this field is not required by the event message it is set to
zero.
Each switch port MUST maintain an Event Sequence Number and a set of
Event Flags, one Event Flag for each type of Event message. When a
switch sends an Event message it MUST set the Event Flag for that
port corresponding to the Event type. If Flow Control is activated
for this Event type for this Port then the switch MUST NOT send
another Event message of the same type for that port until the Event
Flag has been reset. Event Flags are reset by the "Reset Event
Flags" function of the Port Management message. This is a simple
flow control preventing the switch from flooding the controller with
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 94]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-95" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
event messages. The Event Sequence Number of the port MUST be
incremented every time an event is detected on that port even if the
port is prevented from reporting the event due to the action of the
flow control. This allows the controller to detect that it has not
been informed of some events that have occurred on the port due to
the action of the flow control.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-9.1" href="#section-9.1">9.1</a> Port Up Message</span>
The Port Up message informs the controller that the Line Status of a
port has changed from, either the Down or Test state to the Up state.
When the Line Status of a switch port changes to the Up state from
either the Down or Test state a new Port Session Number MUST be
generated, preferably using some form of random number. The new Port
Session Number is given in the Port Session Number field. The Label
field is not used and is set to zero. The Port Up message is:
Message Type = 80
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-9.2" href="#section-9.2">9.2</a> Port Down Message</span>
The Port Down message informs the controller that the Line Status of
a port has changed from the Up state or Test state to the Down state.
This message will be sent to report link failure if the switch is
capable of detecting link failure. The port session number that was
valid before the port went down is reported in the Port Session
Number field. The Label field is not used and is set to zero. The
Port Down message is:
Message Type = 81
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-9.3" href="#section-9.3">9.3</a> Invalid Label Message</span>
The Invalid Label message is sent to inform the controller that one
or more cells or frames have arrived at an input port with a Label
that is currently not allocated to an assigned connection. The input
port is indicated in the Port field, and the Label in the Label
field. The Invalid Label message is:
Message Type = 82
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 95]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-96" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-9.4" href="#section-9.4">9.4</a> New Port Message</span>
The New Port message informs the controller that a new port has been
added to the switch. The port number of the new port is given in the
Port field. A new Port Session Number MUST be assigned, preferably
using some form of random number. The new Port Session Number is
given in the Port Session Number field. The state of the new port is
undefined so the Label field is not used and is set to zero. The New
Port message is:
Message Type = 83
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-9.5" href="#section-9.5">9.5</a> Dead Port Message</span>
The Dead Port message informs the controller that a port has been
removed from the switch. The port number of the port is given in the
Port field. The Port Session Number that was valid before the port
was removed is reported in the Port Session Number field. The Label
fields are not used and are set to zero. The Dead Port message is:
Message Type = 84
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-9.6" href="#section-9.6">9.6</a> Adjacency Update Message</span>
The Adjacency Update message informs the controller when adjacencies,
i.e., other controllers controlling a specific partition, are joining
or leaving. When a new adjacency has been established, the switch
sends an Adjacency Update message to every controller with an
established adjacency to that partition. The Adjacency Update
message is also sent when adjacency is lost between the partition and
a controller, provided that there are any remaining adjacencies with
that partition. The Code field is used to indicate the number of
adjacencies known by the switch partition. The Label field is not
used and SHOULD be set to zero. The Adjacency Update message is:
Message Type = 85
<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-10" href="#section-10">10</a>. Service Model Definition</span>
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.1" href="#section-10.1">10.1</a> Overview</span>
In the GSMP Service Model a controller may request the switch to
establish a connection with a given Service. The requested Service
is identified by including a Service ID in the Add Branch message or
the Reservation Message. The Service ID refers to a Service
Definition provided in this chapter of the GSMP specification.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 96]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-97" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
A switch that implements one or more of the Services, as defined
below, advertises the availability of these Services in the Service
Configuration message response (see <a href="#section-8.4">Section 8.4</a>). Details of the
switch's implementation of a given Service that are important to the
controller (e.g., the value of delay or loss bounds or the
availability of traffic controls such as policers or shapers) are
reported in the form of a Capability Set in the Service Configuration
message response.
Thus a switch's implementation of a Service is defined in two parts:
the Service Definition, which is part of the GSMP specification, and
the Capability Set, which describes attributes of the Service
specific to the switch. A switch may support more than one
Capability Set for a given Service. For example if a switch supports
one Service with two different values of a delay bound it could do
this by reporting two Capability Sets for that Service.
The Service Definition is identified in GSMP messages by the Service
ID, a sixteen-bit identifier. Assigned numbers for the Service ID
are given with the Service Definitions in <a href="#section-10.4">Section 10.4</a>. The
Capability Set is identified in GSMP messages by the Capability Set
ID, a sixteen-bit identifier. Numbers for the Capability Set ID are
assigned by the switch and are advertised in the Service
Configuration message response.
The switch reports all its supported Services and Capability Sets in
the Service Configuration message response. The subset of Services
and Capability Sets supported on an individual port is reported in
the Port Configuration message response or in the All Ports
Configuration message response. In these messages the Services and
Capability Sets supported on the specified port are indicated by a
list of {Service ID, Capability Set ID} number pairs.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.2" href="#section-10.2">10.2</a> Service Model Definitions</span>
Terms and objects defined for the GSMP Service Model are given in
this section.
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.2.1" href="#section-10.2.1">10.2.1</a> Original Specifications</span>
Services in GSMP are defined largely with reference to Original
Specifications, i.e., the standards or implementation agreements
published by organisations such as ITU-T, IETF, and ATM Forum that
originally defined the Service. This version of GSMP refers to 4
original specifications: [<a href="#ref-8" title=""Traffic Management Specification Version 4.1"">8</a>], [<a href="#ref-9" title=""Specification of the Controlled-Load Network Element Service"">9</a>], [<a href="#ref-10" title=""Constraint- Based LSP Setup using LDP"">10</a>] and [<a href="#ref-11" title="ISDN frame relaying bearer services and ISDN switching bearer service">11</a>].
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 97]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-98" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.2.2" href="#section-10.2.2">10.2.2</a> Service Definitions</span>
Each Service Definition in GSMP includes definition of:
Traffic Parameters
Traffic Parameter definitions are associated with Services
while Traffic Parameter values are associated with connections.
Traffic Parameters quantitatively describe a connection's
requirements on the Service. For example, Peak Cell Rate is a
Traffic Parameter of the Service defined by the ATM Forum
Constant Bit Rate Service Category.
Some Traffic Parameters are mandatory and some are optional,
depending on the Service.
Semantics of Traffic Parameters are defined by reference to
Original Specifications.
QoS Parameters
QoS Parameters and their values are associated with Services.
QoS Parameters express quantitative characteristics of a
switch's support of a Service. They include, for example,
quantitative bounds on switch induced loss and delay.
Some QoS Parameters will be mandatory and some will be
optional.
Semantics of QoS Parameters are defined by reference to
Original Specifications.
Traffic Controls
The implementation of some Services may include the use of
Traffic Controls. Traffic Controls include, for example
functions such as policing, input shaping, output shaping,
tagging and marking, frame vs. cell merge, frame vs. cell
discard.
Switches are not required to support Traffic Controls. Any
function that is always required in the implementation of a
Service is considered part of the Service and is not considered
a Traffic Control.
If a switch supports a Traffic Control then the control may be
applied either to all connections that use a given Capability
Set (see below) or to individual connections.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 98]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-99" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The definition of a Traffic Control is associated with a
Service. Traffic Controls are defined, as far as possible, by
reference to Original Specifications.
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.2.3" href="#section-10.2.3">10.2.3</a> Capability Sets</span>
For each Service that a switch supports the switch MUST also support
at least one Capability Set. A Capability Set establishes
characteristics of a switch's implementation of a Service. It may be
appropriate for a switch to support more than one Capability Set for
a given Service.
A Capability Set may contain, depending on the Service definition,
QoS Parameter values and an indication of availability of Traffic
Controls.
If a switch reports QoS Parameter values in a Capability Set then
these apply to all the connections that use that Capability Set.
For each Traffic Control defined for a given Service the switch
reports availability of that control as one of the following:
Not available in the Capability Set,
Applied to all connections that use the Capability Set, or
Available for application to connections that use the Capability
Set on a per connection basis. In this case, a controller may
request application of the Traffic Control in connection
management messages.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.3" href="#section-10.3">10.3</a> Service Model Procedures</span>
A switch's Services and Capability Sets are reported to a controller
in a Service Configuration message. A Service Configuration message
response includes the list of Services defined for GSMP that the
switch supports and, for each Service, a specification of the
Capability Sets supported for the Service. Services are referred to
by numbers standardised in the GSMP specification. Capability Sets
are referred to by a numbering system reported by the switch. Each
Capability Set within a given Service includes a unique identifying
number together with the switch's specification of QoS Parameters and
Traffic Controls.
A switch need not support all the defined Services and Capability
Sets on every port. The supported Services and Capability Sets are
reported to the controller on a per port basis in port configuration
messages. Port configuration response messages list the supported
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 99]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-100" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Services using the standardised identifying numbers and the
Capability Sets by using the identifying numbers established in the
switch Service configuration messages.
GSMP does not provide a negotiation mechanism by which a controller
may establish or modify Capability Sets.
When a controller establishes a connection, the connection management
message includes indication of the Service and the Capability Set.
Depending on these the connection management message may additionally
include Traffic Parameter values and Traffic Control flags.
A connection with a given Service can only be established if both the
requested Service and the requested Capability Set are available on
all of the connection's input and output ports.
Refresh of an extant connection is permitted but the add branch
message requesting the message MUST NOT include indication of
Service, Capability Sets or Traffic Parameters.
An extant connection's Traffic Parameters may be changed without
first deleting the connection. The Service and Capability Sets of an
extant connection cannot be changed.
Move branch messages may be refused on the grounds of resource
depletion.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.4" href="#section-10.4">10.4</a> Service Definitions</span>
This section sets forth the definition of Services. The following
Service Identifiers are defined:
ID Service Type
1 CBR= 1
2 rt-VBR.1
3 rt-VBR.2
4 rt-VBR.3
5 nrt-VBR.1
6 nrt-VBR.2
7 nrt-VBR.3
8 UBR.1
9 UBR.2
10-11 Reserved
12 GFR.1
13 GFR.2
14-19 Reserved
20 Int-Serv Controlled Load
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 100]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-101" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
21-24 Reserved
25 MPLS CR-LDP QoS
26-29 Reserved
30 Frame Relay Service
31-49 Reserved
50-69 Reserved GMPLS
70-65535 Reserved
Each Service will be defined in its own subsection. Each Service
definition includes the following definitions:
Service Identifier
The reference number used to identify the Service in GSMP
messages.
Service Characteristics
A definition of the Service.
Traffic Parameters
A definition of the Traffic Parameters used in connection
management messages.
QoS Parameters
A definition of the QoS Parameters that are included in the
Capability Set for instances of the Service.
Traffic Controls
A definition of the Traffic Controls that may be supported by
an instance of the Service.
Descriptive text is avoided wherever possible in order to minimise
any possibility of semantic conflict with the Original
Specifications.
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.4.1" href="#section-10.4.1">10.4.1</a> ATM Forum Service Categories</span>
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.4.1.1" href="#section-10.4.1.1">10.4.1.1</a> CBR</span>
Service Identifier:
CBR.1 - Service ID = 1
Service Characteristics:
Equivalent to ATM Forum CBR.1 Service, see [<a href="#ref-8" title=""Traffic Management Specification Version 4.1"">8</a>].
Traffic Parameters:
- Peak Cell Rate
- Cell Delay Variation Tolerance
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 101]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-102" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
QoS Parameters:
- Cell Loss Ratio
- Maximum Cell Transfer Delay
- Peak-to-peak Cell Delay Variation
Traffic Controls:
- (U) Usage Parameter Control
- (I) Ingress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate
- (E) Egress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate and Cell Delay
Variation Tolerance
- (D) Packet Discard
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.4.1.2" href="#section-10.4.1.2">10.4.1.2</a> rt-VBR</span>
Service Identifier:
rt-VBR.1 - Service ID = 2
rt-VBR.2 - Service ID = 3
rt-VBR.3 - Service ID = 4
Service Characteristics:
Equivalent to ATM Forum rt-VBR Service, see [<a href="#ref-8" title=""Traffic Management Specification Version 4.1"">8</a>].
Traffic Parameters:
- Peak Cell Rate
- Cell Delay Variation Tolerance
- Sustainable Cell Rate
- Maximum Burst Size
QoS Parameters:
- Cell Loss Ratio
- Maximum Cell Transfer Delay
- Peak-to-peak Cell Delay Variation
Traffic Controls:
- (U) Usage Parameter Control
- (I) Ingress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate
- (E) Egress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate and Cell Delay
Variation Tolerance
- (S) Egress Traffic Shaping to the Sustainable Cell Rate and
Maximum Burst Size
- (P) Packet Discard
- (V) VC Merge
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 102]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-103" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.4.1.3" href="#section-10.4.1.3">10.4.1.3</a> nrt-VBR</span>
Service Identifier:
nrt-VBR.1 - Service ID = 5
nrt-VBR.2 - Service ID = 6
nrt-VBR.3 - Service ID = 7
Service Characteristics:
Equivalent to ATM Forum nrt-VBR Service, see [<a href="#ref-8" title=""Traffic Management Specification Version 4.1"">8</a>].
Traffic Parameters:
- Peak Cell Rate
- Cell Delay Variation Tolerance
- Sustainable Cell Rate
- Maximum Burst Size
QoS Parameter:
- Cell Loss Ratio
Traffic Controls:
- (U) Usage Parameter Control
- (I) Ingress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate
- (E) Egress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate and Cell Delay
Variation Tolerance
- (S) Egress Traffic Shaping to the Sustainable Cell Rate and
Maximum Burst Size
- (P) Packet Discard
- (V) VC Merge
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.4.1.4" href="#section-10.4.1.4">10.4.1.4</a> UBR</span>
Service Identifier:
UBR.1 - Service ID = 8
UBR.2 - Service ID = 9
Service Characteristics:
Equivalent to ATM Forum UBR Service, see [<a href="#ref-8" title=""Traffic Management Specification Version 4.1"">8</a>].
Traffic Parameters:
- Peak Cell Rate
- Cell Delay Variation Tolerance
QoS Parameter:
None
Traffic Controls:
- (U) Usage Parameter Control
- (I) Ingress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 103]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-104" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
- (E) Egress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate and Cell Delay
Variation Tolerance
- (P) Packet Discard
- (V) VC Merge
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.4.1.5" href="#section-10.4.1.5">10.4.1.5</a> ABR</span>
ABR is not supported in this version of GSMP.
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.4.1.6" href="#section-10.4.1.6">10.4.1.6</a> GFR</span>
Service Identifier:
GFR.1 - Service ID = 12
GFR.2 - Service ID = 13
Service Characteristics:
Equivalent to ATM Forum GFR Service, see [<a href="#ref-8" title=""Traffic Management Specification Version 4.1"">8</a>].
Traffic Parameters:
- Peak Cell Rate
- Cell Delay Variation Tolerance
- Minimum Cell Rate
- Maximum Burst Size
- Maximum Frame Size
QoS Parameter:
- Cell Loss Ratio
Traffic Controls:
- (U) Usage Parameter Control
- (I) Ingress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate
- (E) Egress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate and Cell Delay
Variation Tolerance
- (V) VC Merge
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.4.2" href="#section-10.4.2">10.4.2</a> Integrated Services</span>
<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.4.2.1" href="#section-10.4.2.1">10.4.2.1</a> Controlled Load</span>
Service Identifier:
Int-Serv Controlled Load - Service ID = 20
Service Characteristics:
See [<a href="#ref-9" title=""Specification of the Controlled-Load Network Element Service"">9</a>].
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 104]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-105" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Traffic Parameters:
- Token bucket rate (r)
- Token bucket depth (b)
- Peak rate (p)
- Minimum policed unit (m)
- Maximum packet size (M)
QoS Parameter:
None.
Traffic Controls:
None.
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.4.3" href="#section-10.4.3">10.4.3</a> MPLS CR-LDP</span>
Service Identifier:
MPLS CR-LDP QoS - Service ID = 25
Service Characteristics:
See [<a href="#ref-10" title=""Constraint- Based LSP Setup using LDP"">10</a>].
Traffic Parameters:
- Peak Data Rate
- Peak Burst Size
- Committed Data Rate
- Committed Burst Size
- Excess Burst Size
- Weight
QoS Parameter:
- Frequency
Traffic Controls:
None currently defined.
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.4.4" href="#section-10.4.4">10.4.4</a> Frame Relay</span>
Service Identifier:
Frame Relay Service - Service ID = 30
Service Characteristics:
Equivalent to Frame Relay Bearer Service, see [<a href="#ref-11" title="ISDN frame relaying bearer services and ISDN switching bearer service">11</a>].
Traffic Parameters:
- Committed Information Rate
- Committed Burst Rate
- Excess Burst Rate
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 105]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-106" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
QoS Parameters:
None.
Traffic Controls:
- Usage Parameter Control
- Egress Traffic Shaping to the Committed Information Rate and
Committed Burst Size
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.4.5" href="#section-10.4.5">10.4.5</a> DiffServ</span>
DiffServ is not supported in this version of GSMP.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.5" href="#section-10.5">10.5</a> Format and encoding of the Traffic Parameters</span>
Connection management messages that use the GSMP Service Model (i.e.,
those that have IQS or OQS set to 0b10) include the Traffic
Parameters Block that specifies the Traffic Parameter values of a
connection. The required Traffic Parameters of a given Service are
given in <a href="#section-10.4">Section 10.4</a>. The format and encoding of these parameters
are given below.
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.5.1" href="#section-10.5.1">10.5.1</a> Traffic Parameters for ATM Forum Services</span>
The Traffic Parameters:
- Peak Cell Rate
- Cell Delay Variation Tolerance
- Sustainable Cell Rate
- Maximum Burst Size
- Minimum Cell Rate
- Maximum Frame Size
are defined in [<a href="#ref-8" title=""Traffic Management Specification Version 4.1"">8</a>]. These Parameters are encoded as 24-bit unsigned
integers. Peak Cell Rate, Sustainable Cell Rate, and Minimum Cell
Rate are in units of cells per second. Cell Delay Variation
Tolerance is in units of microseconds. Maximum Burst Size and
Maximum Frame Size are in units of cells. In GSMP messages, the
individual Traffic Parameters are encoded as follows:
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 106]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-107" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x x x x x x x x| 24 bit unsigned integer |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
The format of the Traffic Parameters Block in connection management
messages depends on the Service. It is a sequence of the 32 bit
words (as shown above) corresponding to the Traffic Parameters as
specified in the Service Definitions given in <a href="#section-10.4.1">Section 10.4.1</a> in the
order given there.
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.5.2" href="#section-10.5.2">10.5.2</a> Traffic Parameters for Int-Serv Controlled Load Service</span>
The Traffic Parameters:
- Token bucket rate (r)
- Token bucket size (b)
- Peak rate (p)
are defined in [<a href="#ref-9" title=""Specification of the Controlled-Load Network Element Service"">9</a>]. They are encoded as 32-bit IEEE single-precision
floating point numbers. The Traffic Parameters Token bucket rate (r)
and Peak rate (p) are in units of bytes per seconds. The Traffic
Parameter Token bucket size (b) is in units of bytes.
The Traffic Parameters:
- Minimum policed unit (m)
- Maximum packet size (M)
are defined in [<a href="#ref-9" title=""Specification of the Controlled-Load Network Element Service"">9</a>]. They are encoded as 32 integer in units of
bytes.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 107]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-108" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The Traffic Parameters Block for the Int-Serv Controlled Load Service
is as follows:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Token bucket rate (r) |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Token bucket size (b) |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Peak rate (p) |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Minimum policed unit (m) |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Maximum packet size (M) |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.5.3" href="#section-10.5.3">10.5.3</a> Traffic Parameters for CRLDP Service</span>
The Traffic Parameters:
- Peak Data Rate
- Peak Burst Size
- Committed Data Rate
- Committed Burst Size
- Excess Burst Size
are defined in [<a href="#ref-10" title=""Constraint- Based LSP Setup using LDP"">10</a>] to be encoded as a 32-bit IEEE single-precision
floating point number. A value of positive infinity is represented
as an IEEE single-precision floating-point number with an exponent of
all ones (255) and a sign and mantissa of all zeros. The values Peak
Data Rate and Committed Data Rate are in units of bytes per second.
The values Peak Burst Size, Committed Burst Size and Excess Burst
Size are in units of bytes.
The Traffic Parameter
- Weight
is defined in [<a href="#ref-10" title=""Constraint- Based LSP Setup using LDP"">10</a>] to be an 8-bit unsigned integer indicating the
weight of the CRLSP. Valid weight values are from 1 to 255. The
value 0 means that weight is not applicable for the CRLSP.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 108]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-109" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
The Traffic Parameters Block for the CRLDP Service is as follows:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Peak Data Rate |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Peak Burst Size |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Committed Data Rate |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Committed Burst Size |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Excess Burst Size |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x| Weight |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.5.4" href="#section-10.5.4">10.5.4</a> Traffic Parameters for Frame Relay Service</span>
The Traffic Parameters:
- Committed Information Rate
- Committed Burst Size
- Excess Burst Size
are defined in [<a href="#ref-11" title="ISDN frame relaying bearer services and ISDN switching bearer service">11</a>]. Format and encoding of these parameters for
frame relay signalling messages are defined in [<a href="#ref-12" title="Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Digital Subscriber Signaling System No. 1 (DSS 1) Signaling Specifications For Frame Mode Switched And Permanent Virtual Connection Control And Status Monitoring">12</a>]. (Note than in
[<a href="#ref-12" title="Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Digital Subscriber Signaling System No. 1 (DSS 1) Signaling Specifications For Frame Mode Switched And Permanent Virtual Connection Control And Status Monitoring">12</a>] the Committed Information Rate is called "Throughput".) GSMP
uses the encoding defined in [<a href="#ref-12" title="Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Digital Subscriber Signaling System No. 1 (DSS 1) Signaling Specifications For Frame Mode Switched And Permanent Virtual Connection Control And Status Monitoring">12</a>] but uses a different format.
The format of the Traffic Parameters Block for Frame Relay Service is
as follows:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x x x x x x x x x x x x x| Mag |x x x x x| CIR Multiplier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x x x x x x x x x x x x x| Mag |x x| CBS Multiplier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|x x x x x x x x x x x x x| Mag |x x| EBS Multiplier |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 109]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-110" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Mag
This field is an unsigned integer in the range from 0 to 6.
The value 7 is not allowed. Mag is the decimal exponent for
the adjacent multiplier field (which itself functions as a
mantissa).
CIR Multiplier
This field is an unsigned integer. It functions as the
mantissa of the Committed Information Rate Traffic Parameter.
CBS Multiplier
EBS Multiplier
These fields are unsigned integers. They function as the
mantissas of the Committed Burst Size and Excess Burst Size
Traffic Parameters respectively.
The Traffic Parameter Values are related to their encoding in GSMP
messages as follows:
Committed Information Rate = 10^(Mag) * (CIR Multiplier)
Committed Burst Size = 10^(Mag) * (CBS Multiplier)
Excess Burst Size = 10^(Mag) * (EBS Multiplier)
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.6" href="#section-10.6">10.6</a> Traffic Controls (TC) Flags</span>
The TC Flags field in Add Branch messages for connections using the
Service Model are set by the controller to indicate that specific
traffic controls are requested for the requested connection. The TC
Flags field is shown below:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|U|D|I|E|S|V|P|x|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
U: Usage Parameter Control
When set, this flag indicates that Usage Parameter Control
is requested.
D: Packet Discard
When set, this flag indicates that Packet Discard is
requested.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 110]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-111" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
I: Ingress Shaping
When set, this flag indicates the availability of Ingress
Traffic Shaping to the Peak Rate and Delay Variation
Tolerance is requested.
E: Egress Shaping, Peak Rate
When set, this flag indicates that Egress Shaping to the
Peak Rate and Delay Variation Tolerance is requested.
S: Egress Traffic Shaping, Sustainable Rate
When set, this flag indicates that Egress Traffic Shaping to
the Sustainable Rate and Maximum Burst Size is requested.
V: VC Merge
When set, this flag indicates that ATM Virtual Channel Merge
(i.e., multipoint to point ATM switching with a traffic
control to avoid AAL5 PDU interleaving) is requested.
P: Port
When set indicates that traffic block pertains to Ingress
Port.
x: Reserved
The controller may set (to one) the flag corresponding to the
requested Traffic Control if the corresponding Traffic Control has
been indicated in the Service Configuration response message (<a href="#section-8.4">Section</a>
<a href="#section-8.4">8.4</a>) as available for application to connections that use the
requested Capability Set on a per connection basis. (The requested
Capability Set is indicated by the Capability Set ID the least
significant byte of the Service Selector field of the Add Branch
message.) If the Traffic Control has been indicated in the Service
Configuration response message as either not available in the
Capability Set or applied to all connections that use the Capability
Set then the controller sets the flag to zero and the switch ignores
the flag.
<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-11" href="#section-11">11</a>. Adjacency Protocol</span>
The adjacency protocol is used to synchronise state across the link,
to agree on which version of the protocol to use, to discover the
identity of the entity at the other end of a link, and to detect when
it changes. GSMP is a hard state protocol. It is therefore
important to detect loss of contact between switch and controller,
and to detect any change of identity of switch or controller. No
GSMP messages other than those of the adjacency protocol may be sent
across the link until the adjacency protocol has achieved
synchronisation.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 111]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-112" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-11.1" href="#section-11.1">11.1</a> Packet Format</span>
All GSMP messages belonging to the adjacency protocol have the
following structure:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Version | Message Type | Timer |M| Code |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Sender Name |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| | |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ +
| Receiver Name |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Sender Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Receiver Port |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| PType | PFlag | Sender Instance |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Partition ID | Receiver Instance |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Version
In the adjacency protocol the Version field is used for version
negotiation. The version negotiation is performed before
synchronisation is achieved. In a SYN message the Version
field always contains the highest version understood by the
sender. A receiver receiving a SYN message with a version
higher than understood will ignore that message. A receiver
receiving a SYN message with a version lower than its own
highest version, but a version that it understands, will reply
with a SYNACK with the version from the received SYN in its
GSMP Version field. This defines the version of the GSMP
protocol to be used while the adjacency protocol remains
synchronised. All other messages will use the agreed version
in the Version field.
The version number for the version of the GSMP protocol defined
by this specification is Version = 3.
Message Type
The adjacency protocol is:
Message Type = 10
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 112]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-113" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Timer
The Timer field is used to inform the receiver of the timer
value used in the adjacency protocol of the sender. The timer
specifies the nominal time between periodic adjacency protocol
messages. It is a constant for the duration of a GSMP session.
The timer field is specified in units of 100ms.
M-Flag
The M-Flag is used in the SYN message to indicate whether the
sender is a master or a slave. If the M-Flag is set in the SYN
message, the sender is a master. If zero, the sender is a
slave. The GSMP protocol is asymmetric, the controller being
the master and the switch being the slave. The M-Flag prevents
a master from synchronising with another master, or a slave
with another slave. If a slave receives a SYN message with a
zero M-Flag, it MUST ignore that SYN message. If a master
receives a SYN message with the M-Flag set, it MUST ignore that
SYN message. In all other messages the M-Flag is not used.
Code
Field specifies the function of the message. Four Codes are
defined for the adjacency protocol:
SYN: Code = 1
SYNACK: Code = 2
ACK: Code = 3
RSTACK: Code = 4.
Sender Name
For the SYN, SYNACK, and ACK messages, is the name of the
entity sending the message. The Sender Name is a 48-bit
quantity that is unique within the operational context of the
device. A 48-bit IEEE 802 MAC address, if available, may be
used for the Sender Name. If the Ethernet encapsulation is
used the Sender Name MUST be the Source Address from the MAC
header. For the RSTACK message, the Sender Name field is set
to the value of the Receiver Name field from the incoming
message that caused the RSTACK message to be generated.
Receiver Name
For the SYN, SYNACK, and ACK messages, is the name of the
entity that the sender of the message believes is at the far
end of the link. If the sender of the message does not know
the name of the entity at the far end of the link, this field
SHOULD be set to zero. For the RSTACK message, the Receiver
Name field is set to the value of the Sender Name field from
the incoming message that caused the RSTACK message to be
generated.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 113]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-114" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Sender Port
For the SYN, SYNACK, and ACK messages, is the local port number
of the link across which the message is being sent. For the
RSTACK message, the Sender Port field is set to the value of
the Receiver Port field from the incoming message that caused
the RSTACK message to be generated.
Receiver Port
For the SYN, SYNACK, and ACK messages, is what the sender
believes is the local port number for the link, allocated by
the entity at the far end of the link. If the sender of the
message does not know the port number at the far end of the
link, this field SHOULD be set to zero. For the RSTACK
message, the Receiver Port field is set to the value of the
Sender Port field from the incoming message that caused the
RSTACK message to be generated.
PType
PType is used to specify if partitions are used and how the
Partition ID is negotiated.
Type of partition being requested.
0 No Partition
1 Fixed Partition Request
2 Fixed Partition Assigned
PFlag
Used to indicate the type of partition request.
1 - New Adjacency.
In the case of a new adjacency, the state of the
switch will be reset.
2 - Recovered Adjacency.
In the case of a recovered adjacency, the state of
the switch will remain, and the Switch Controller
will be responsible for confirming that the state
of the switch matches the desired state.
Sender Instance
For the SYN, SYNACK, and ACK messages, is the sender's instance
number for the link. It is used to detect when the link comes
back up after going down or when the identity of the entity at
the other end of the link changes. The instance number is a
24-bit number that is guaranteed to be unique within the recent
past and to change when the link or node comes back up after
going down. Zero is not a valid instance number. For the
RSTACK message, the Sender Instance field is set to the value
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 114]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-115" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
of the Receiver Instance field from the incoming message that
caused the RSTACK message to be generated.
Partition ID
Field used to associate the message with a specific switch
partition.
Receiver Instance
For the SYN, SYNACK, and ACK messages, is what the sender
believes is the current instance number for the link, allocated
by the entity at the far end of the link. If the sender of the
message does not know the current instance number at the far
end of the link, this field SHOULD be set to zero. For the
RSTACK message, the Receiver Instance field is set to the value
of the Sender Instance field from the incoming message that
caused the RSTACK message to be generated.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-11.2" href="#section-11.2">11.2</a> Procedure</span>
The adjacency protocol is described by the following rules and state
tables.
The rules and state tables use the following operations:
o The "Update Peer Verifier" operation is defined as storing the
values of the Sender Instance, Sender Port, Sender Name and
Partition ID fields from a SYN or SYNACK message received from the
entity at the far end of the link.
o The procedure "Reset the link" is defined as:
1. Generate a new instance number for the link
2. Delete the peer verifier (set to zero the values of Sender
Instance, Sender Port, and Sender Name previously stored by the
Update Peer Verifier operation)
3. Send a SYN message
4. Enter the SYNSENT state.
o The state tables use the following Boolean terms and operators:
A The Sender Instance in the incoming message matches the value
stored from a previous message by the "Update Peer Verifier"
operation.
B The Sender Instance, Sender Port, Sender Name and Partition
ID fields in the incoming message match the values stored
from a previous message by the "Update Peer Verifier"
operation.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 115]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-116" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
C The Receiver Instance, Receiver Port, Receiver Name and
Partition ID fields in the incoming message match the values
of the Sender Instance, Sender Port, Sender Name and
Partition ID currently sent in outgoing SYN, SYNACK, and ACK
messages.
"&&" Represents the logical AND operation
"||" Represents the logical OR operation
"!" Represents the logical negation (NOT) operation.
o A timer is required for the periodic generation of SYN, SYNACK,
and ACK messages. The value of the timer is announced in the
Timer field. The period of the timer is unspecified but a value
of one second is suggested.
There are two independent events: the timer expires, and a packet
arrives. The processing rules for these events are:
Timer Expires: Reset Timer
If state = SYNSENT Send SYN
If state = SYNRCVD Send SYNACK
If state = ESTAB Send ACK
Packet Arrives:
If incoming message is an RSTACK:
If (A && C && !SYNSENT) Reset the link
Else discard the message.
If incoming message is a SYN, SYNACK, or ACK:
Response defined by the following State Tables.
If incoming message is any other GSMP message and
state != ESTAB:
Discard incoming message.
If state = SYNSENT Send SYN (Note 1)
If state = SYNRCVD Send SYNACK (Note 1)
Note 1: No more than two SYN or SYNACK messages should be sent
within any time period of length defined by the timer.
o State synchronisation across a link is considered to be achieved
when the protocol reaches the ESTAB state. All GSMP messages,
other than adjacency protocol messages, that are received before
synchronisation is achieved, will be discarded.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 116]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-117" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-11.2.1" href="#section-11.2.1">11.2.1</a> State Tables</span>
State: SYNSENT
+====================================================================+
| Condition | Action | New State |
+==================+=====================================+===========+
| SYNACK && C | Update Peer Verifier; Send ACK | ESTAB |
+------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
| SYNACK && !C | Send RSTACK | SYNSENT |
+------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
| SYN | Update Peer Verifier; Send SYNACK | SYNRCVD |
+------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
| ACK | Send RSTACK | SYNSENT |
+====================================================================+
State: SYNRCVD
+====================================================================+
| Condition | Action | New State |
+==================+=====================================+===========+
| SYNACK && C | Update Peer Verifier; Send ACK | ESTAB |
+------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
| SYNACK && !C | Send RSTACK | SYNRCVD |
+------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
| SYN | Update Peer Verifier; Send SYNACK | SYNRCVD |
+------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
| ACK && B && C | Send ACK | ESTAB |
+------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
| ACK && !(B && C) | Send RSTACK | SYNRCVD |
+====================================================================+
State: ESTAB
+====================================================================+
| Condition | Action | New State |
+==================+=====================================+===========+
| SYN || SYNACK | Send ACK (note 2) | ESTAB |
+------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
| ACK && B && C | Send ACK (note 3) | ESTAB |
+------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
| ACK && !(B && C) | Send RSTACK | ESTAB |
+====================================================================+
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 117]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-118" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Note 2: No more than two ACKs should be sent within any time
period of length defined by the timer. Thus, one ACK MUST be
sent every time the timer expires. In addition, one further
ACK may be sent between timer expirations if the incoming
message is a SYN or SYNACK. This additional ACK allows the
adjacency protocol to reach synchronisation more quickly.
Note 3: No more than one ACK should be sent within any time
period of length defined by the timer.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-11.3" href="#section-11.3">11.3</a> Partition Information State</span>
Each instance of a [switch controller-switch partition] pair will
need to establish adjacency synchronisation independently.
Part of the process of establishing synchronisation when using
partition will be to establish the assignment of partition
identifiers. The following scenarios are provided for:
- A controller can request a specific partition ID by setting the
PType to Fixed Partition Request.
- A controller can let the switch decide whether it wants to
assign a fixed partition ID or not, by setting the PType to No
Partition.
- A switch can assign the specific Partition ID to the session by
setting the PType to Fixed Partition Assigned. A switch can
specify that no partitions are handled in the session by
setting the PType to No Partition.
The assignment is determined by the following behaviour:
- An adjacency message from a controller with PType = 1 and
Code = SYN SHOULD be treated as a partition request.
- An adjacency message from a switch with PType = 2 and
Code = SYN SHOULD be treated as a partition assignment.
- An adjacency message from a controller or a switch with
PType = 2 and Code = (SYNACK || ACK) SHOULD be treated as a
success response, the partition is assigned.
- An adjacency message from a controller with PType = 0 and
Code = SYN indicates that the controller has not specified if
it requests partitions or not.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 118]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-119" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
- An adjacency message from a switch with PType = 0 and
Code = SYN indicates that the switch does not support
partitions.
- An adjacency message from a controller or a switch with
PType = 0 and Code = (SYNACK || ACK) indicates that the session
does not support partitions.
- An adjacency message from a controller or a switch with
PType = (1 || 2) and Code = RSTACK indicates that requested
Partition ID is unavailable.
- An adjacency message from a controller or a switch with
PType = 0 and Code = RSTACK indicates that an unidentified
error has occurred. The session SHOULD be reset.
All other combinations of PType and Code are undefined in this
version of GSMP.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-11.4" href="#section-11.4">11.4</a> Loss of Synchronisation</span>
If after synchronisation is achieved, no valid GSMP messages are
received in any period of time in excess of three times the value of
the Timer field announced in the incoming adjacency protocol
messages, loss of synchronisation may be declared.
While re-establishing synchronisation with a controller, a switch
SHOULD maintain its connection state, deferring the decision about
resetting the state until after synchronisation is re-established.
Once synchronisation is re-established the decision about resetting
the connection state SHOULD be made on the following basis:
- If PFLAG = 1, then a new adjacency has been established and the
state SHOULD be reset
- If PFLAG = 2, then adjacency has been re-established and the
connection state SHOULD be retained. Verification that
controller and connection state are the same is the
responsibility of the controller.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-11.5" href="#section-11.5">11.5</a> Multiple Controllers per switch partition</span>
Multiple switch controllers may jointly control a single switch
partition. The controllers may control a switch partition either in
a primary/standby fashion or as part of multiple controllers
providing load-sharing for the same partition. It is the
responsibility of the controllers to co-ordinate their interactions
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 119]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-120" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
with the switch partition. In order to assist the controllers in
tracking multiple controller adjacencies to a single switch
partition, the Adjacency Update message is used to inform a
controller that there are other controllers interacting with the same
partition. It should be noted that the GSMP does not include
features that allow the switch to co-ordinate cache synchronization
information among controllers. The switch partition will service
each command it receives in turn as if it were interacting with a
single controller. Controller implementations without controller
entity synchronisation SHOULD NOT use multiple controllers with a
single switch partition.
<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-11.5.1" href="#section-11.5.1">11.5.1</a> Multiple Controller Adjacency Process</span>
The first adjacency for a specific partition is determined by the
procedures described in <a href="#section-11.2">section 11.2</a> and an Adjacency Update message
will be sent. The next adjacencies to the partition are identified
by a new partition request with the same Partition ID as the first
one but with the different Sender Name. Upon establishing adjacency
the Adjacency count will be increased and an Adjacency Update message
will be sent.
When adjacency between one partition and a controller is lost, the
adjacency count will be decremented and an Adjacency Update message
will be sent.
Example:
A switch partition has never been used. When the first controller
(A) achieves adjacency, an adjacency count will be initiated and (A)
will get an Adjacency Update message about itself with Code field =
1. Since (A) receives an adjacency count of 1 this indicates that it
is the only controller for that partition.
When a second adjacency (B), using the same Partition ID, achieves
adjacency, the adjacency counter will be increased by 1. Both (A)
and (B) will receive an Adjacency Update message indicating an
adjacency count of 2 in the Code field. Since the count is greater
than 1, this will indicate to both (A) and (B) that there is another
controller interacting with the switch; identification of the other
controller will not be provided by GSMP, but will be the
responsibility of the controllers.
If (A) looses adjacency, the adjacency count will be decreased and an
Adjacency Update message will be sent to (B) indicating an adjacency
count of 1 in the Code field. If (B) leaves as well, the partition
is regarded as idle and the adjacency count may be reset.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 120]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-121" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-12" href="#section-12">12</a>. Failure Response Codes</span>
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-12.1" href="#section-12.1">12.1</a> Description of Failure and Warning Response Messages</span>
A failure response message is formed by returning the request message
that caused the failure with the Result field in the header
indicating failure (Result = 4) and the Code field giving the failure
code. The failure code specifies the reason for the switch being
unable to satisfy the request message.
A warning response message is a success response (Result = 3) with
the Code field specifying the warning code. The warning code
specifies a warning that was generated during the successful
operation.
If the switch issues a failure response in reply to a request
message, no change should be made to the state of the switch as a
result of the message causing the failure. (For request messages
that contain multiple requests, such as the Delete Branches message,
the failure response message will specify which requests were
successful and which failed. The successful requests may result in a
changed state.)
If the switch issues a failure response it MUST choose the most
specific failure code according to the following precedence:
- Invalid Message
- General Message Failure
- Specific Message Failure A failure response specified in the
text defining the message type.
- Connection Failures
- Virtual Path Connection Failures
- Multicast Failures
- QoS Failures
- General Failures
- Warnings
If multiple failures match in any of the following categories, the
one that is listed first should be returned. The following failure
response messages and failure and warning codes are defined:
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 121]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-122" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Invalid Message
3: The specified request is not implemented on this switch.
The Message Type field specifies a message that is not
implemented on the switch or contains a value that is not
defined in the version of the protocol running in this
session of GSMP.
4: One or more of the specified ports does not exist.
At least one of the ports specified in the message is
invalid. A port is invalid if it does not exist or if it
has been removed from the switch.
5: Invalid Port Session Number.
The value given in the Port Session Number field does not
match the current Port Session Number for the specified
port.
7: Invalid Partition ID
The value given in the Partition ID field is not legal for
this partition.
General Message Failure
10: The meaning of this failure is dependent upon the
particular message type and is specified in the text
defining the message.
Specific Message Failure - A failure response that is only used by a
specific message type
- Failure response messages used by the Label Range message
40: Cannot support one or more requested label ranges.
41: Cannot support disjoint label ranges.
42: Specialised multipoint labels not supported.
- Failure response messages used by the Set Transmit Data Rate
function of the Port Management message
43: The transmit data rate of this output port cannot be changed.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 122]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-123" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
44: Requested transmit data rate out of range for this output
port.
The transmit data rate of the requested output port can be
changed, but the value of the Transmit Data Rate field is
beyond the range of acceptable values.
- Failure response message of the Port Management message
45: Connection Replace mechanism not supported on switch.
The R-flag SHOULD be reset in the Response Port Management
message.
- Failure response message range reserved for the ARM extension
128-159: These failure response codes will be interpreted
according to definitions provided by the model
description.
Connection Failures
11: The specified connection does not exist.
An operation that expects a connection to be specified
cannot locate the specified connection. A connection is
specified by the input port and input label on which it
originates. An ATM virtual path connection is specified
by the input port and input VPI on which it originates.
12: The specified branch does not exist.
An operation that expects a branch of an existing
connection to be specified cannot locate the specified
branch. A branch of a connection is specified by the
connection it belongs to and the output port and output
label on which it departs. A branch of an ATM virtual
path connection is specified by the virtual path
connection it belongs to and the output port and output
VPI on which it departs.
13: One or more of the specified Input Labels is invalid.
14: One or more of the specified Output Labels is invalid.
15: Point-to-point bi-directional connection already exists.
The connection specified by the Input Port and Input Label
fields already exists, and the bi-directional Flag in the
Flags field is set.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 123]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-124" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
16: Invalid Service Selector field in a Connection Management
message. The value of the Service Selector field is
invalid.
17: Insufficient resources for QoS Profile.
The resources requested by the QoS Profile in the Service
Selector field are not available.
18: Insufficient Resources.
Switch resources needed to establish a branch are not
available.
20: Reservation ID out of Range
The numerical value of Reservation ID is greater than the
value of Max Reservations (from the Switch Configuration
message).
21: Mismatched reservation ports
The value of Input Port differs from the input port
specified in the reservation or the value of Output Port
differs from the output port specified in the reservation.
22: Reservation ID in use
The value of Reservation ID matches that of an extant
Reservation.
23: Non-existent reservation ID
No reservation corresponding to Reservation ID exists.
36: Replace of connection is not activated on switch.
Only applicable for Add Branch messages. The Replace
Connection mechanism has not been activated on port by the
Port Management message.
37: Connection replacement mode cannot be combined with Bi-
directional or Multicast mode. The R flag MUST NOT be
used in conjunction with either the M flag or the B flag.
ATM Virtual Path Connections
24: ATM virtual path switching is not supported on this input
port.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 124]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-125" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
25: Point-to-multipoint ATM virtual path connections are not
supported on either the requested input port or the
requested output port.
One or both of the requested input and output ports is
unable to support point-to-multipoint ATM virtual path
connections.
26: Attempt to add an ATM virtual path connection branch to an
existing virtual channel connection.
It is invalid to mix branches switched as virtual channel
connections with branches switched as ATM virtual path
connections on the same point-to-multipoint connection.
27: Attempt to add an ATM virtual channel connection branch to an
existing ATM virtual path connection.
It is invalid to mix branches switched as virtual channel
connections with branches switched as ATM virtual path
connections on the same point-to-multipoint connection.
28: ATM Virtual path switching is not supported on non-ATM ports.
One or both of the requested input and output ports is not
an ATM port. ATM virtual path switching is only supported
on ATM ports.
Multicast Failures
29: A branch belonging to the specified point-to-multipoint
connection is already established on the specified output
port and the switch cannot support more than a single
branch of any point-to-multipoint connection on the same
output port.
30: The limit on the maximum number of multicast connections that
the switch can support has been reached.
31: The limit on the maximum number of branches that the specified
multicast connection can support has been reached.
32: Cannot label each output branch of a point-to-multipoint tree
with a different label.
Some switch designs, require all output branches of a
point-to-multipoint connection to use the same value of
Label.
33: Cannot add multi-point branch to bi-directional connection.
It is an error to attempt to add an additional branch to
an existing connection with the bi-directional flag set.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 125]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-126" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
34: Unable to assign the requested Label value to the requested
branch on the specified multicast connection.
Although the requested Labels are valid, the switch is
unable to support the request using the specified Label
values for some reason not covered by the above failure
responses. This message implies that a valid value of
Labels exists that the switch could support. For example,
some switch designs restrict the number of distinct Label
values available to a multicast connection. (Most switch
designs will not require this message.)
35: General problem related to the manner in which multicast is
supported by the switch.
Use this message if none of the more specific multicast
failure messages apply. (Most switch designs will not
require this message.)
QoS Failures
60-79: These failure response codes will be interpreted according
to definitions provided by the model description.
80: Switch does not support different QoS parameters for different
branches within a multipoint connection.
General Failures
2: Invalid request message.
There is an error in one of the fields of the message not
covered by a more specific failure message.
6: One or more of the specified ports is down.
A port is down if its Port Status is Unavailable.
Connection Management, Connection State, Port Management,
and Configuration operations are permitted on a port that
is Unavailable. Connection Activity and Statistics
operations are not permitted on a port that is Unavailable
and will generate this failure response. A Port
Management message specifying a Take Down function on a
port already in the Unavailable state will also generate
this failure response.
19: Out of resources.
The switch has exhausted a resource not covered by a more
specific failure message, for example, running out of
memory.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 126]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-127" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
1: Unspecified reason not covered by other failure codes.
The failure message of last resort.
Warnings
46: One or more labels are still used in the previous Label Range.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-12.2" href="#section-12.2">12.2</a> Summary of Failure Response Codes and Warnings</span>
The following list gives a summary of the failure codes defined for
failure response messages:
1: Unspecified reason not covered by other failure codes.
2: Invalid request message.
3: The specified request is not implemented on this switch.
4: One or more of the specified ports does not exist.
5: Invalid Port Session Number.
6: One or more of the specified ports is down.
7: Invalid Partition ID.
10: General message failure. (The meaning of this failure code
depends upon the Message Type. It is defined within the
description of any message that uses it.)
11: The specified connection does not exist.
12: The specified branch does not exist.
13: One or more of the specified Input Labels is invalid.
14: One or more of the specified Output Labels is invalid.
15: Point-to-point bi-directional connection already exists.
16: Invalid service selector field in a connection management
message.
17: Insufficient resources for QoS profile.
18: Insufficient resources.
19: Out of resources (e.g., memory exhausted, etc.).
20: Reservation ID out of Range
21: Mismatched reservation ports
22: Reservation ID in use
23: Non-existent reservation ID
24: ATM virtual path switching is not supported on this input
port.
25: Point-to-multipoint ATM virtual path connections are not
supported on either the requested input port or the
requested output port.
26: Attempt to add an ATM virtual path connection branch to an
existing virtual channel connection.
27: Attempt to add an ATM virtual channel connection branch to
an existing virtual path connection.
28: ATM Virtual Path switching is not supported on non-ATM
ports.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 127]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-128" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
29: A branch belonging to the specified point-to-multipoint
connection is already established on the specified
output port and the switch cannot support more than a
single branch of any point-to-multipoint connection on
the same output port.
30: The limit on the maximum number of point-to-multipoint
connections that the switch can support has been
reached.
31: The limit on the maximum number of branches that the
specified point-to-multipoint connection can support has
been reached.
32: Cannot label each output branch of a point-to-multipoint
tree with a different label.
33: Cannot add multi-point branch to bi-directional
connection.
34: Unable to assign the requested Label value to the
requested branch on the specified point-to-multipoint
connection.
35: General problem related to the manner in which point-to-
multipoint is supported by the switch.
36: Replace of connection is not activated on switch.
37: Connection replacement mode cannot be combined with Bi-
directional or Multicast mode.
40: Cannot support one or more requested label ranges.
41: Cannot support disjoint label ranges.
42: Specialised multipoint labels not supported.
43: The transmit data rate of this output port cannot be
changed.
44: Requested transmit data rate out of range for this output
port.
45: Connection Replace mechanism not supported on switch.
46: Labels are still used in the existing Label Range.
60-79: Reserved for QoS failures.
80: Switch does not support different QoS parameters for
different branches within a multipoint connection.
128-159: Reserved for the ARM extensions.
<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-13" href="#section-13">13</a>. Security Considerations</span>
The security of GSMP's TCP/IP control channel has been addressed in
[<a href="#ref-15" title=""General Switch Management Protocol (GSMP) Packet Encapsulations for Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), Ethernet and Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)"">15</a>]. For all uses of GSMP over an IP network it is REQUIRED that
GSMP be run over TCP/IP using the security considerations discussed
in [<a href="#ref-15" title=""General Switch Management Protocol (GSMP) Packet Encapsulations for Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), Ethernet and Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)"">15</a>].
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 128]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-129" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Appendix A Summary of Messages
Message Name Message Number Status
Connection Management Messages
Add Branch .......................<a href="#page-16">16</a>
ATM Specific - VPC.............<a href="#page-26">26</a>
Delete Tree.......................<a href="#page-18">18</a>
Verify Tree.......................19 Obsoleted
Delete All Input..................<a href="#page-20">20</a>
Delete All Output.................<a href="#page-21">21</a>
Delete Branches...................<a href="#page-17">17</a>
Move Output Branch................<a href="#page-22">22</a>
ATM Specific - VPC............<a href="#page-27">27</a>
Move Input Branch.................<a href="#page-23">23</a>
ATM Specifc - VPC............<a href="#page-28">28</a>
Port Management Messages
Port Management...................<a href="#page-32">32</a>
Label Range.......................<a href="#page-33">33</a>
State and Statistics Messages
Connection Activity...............<a href="#page-48">48</a>
Port Statistics...................<a href="#page-49">49</a>
Connection Statistics.............<a href="#page-50">50</a>
QoS Class Statistics..............51 Reserved
Report Connection State...........<a href="#page-52">52</a>
Configuration Messages
Switch Configuration..............<a href="#page-64">64</a>
Port Configuration................<a href="#page-65">65</a>
All Ports Configuration...........<a href="#page-66">66</a>
Service Configuration.............<a href="#page-67">67</a>
Reservation Messages
Reservation Request...............<a href="#page-70">70</a>
Delete Reservation................<a href="#page-71">71</a>
Delete All Reservations...........<a href="#page-72">72</a>
Event Messages
Port Up...........................<a href="#page-80">80</a>
Port Down.........................<a href="#page-81">81</a>
Invalid Label.....................<a href="#page-82">82</a>
New Port..........................<a href="#page-83">83</a>
Dead Port.........................<a href="#page-84">84</a>
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 129]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-130" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Abstract and Resource Model Extension Messages
Reserved..........................200-249
Adjacency Protocol....................10 Required
Appendix B IANA Considerations
Following the policies outlined in "Guidelines for Writing an IANA
Considerations Section in RFCs" (<a href="./rfc2434">RFC 2434</a> [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>]), the following name
spaces are defined in GSMPv3.
- Message Type Name Space [Appendix A]
- Label Type Name Space [3.1.3]
- Result Name Space [3.1.1]
- Failure Response Message Name Space [3.1.4],[<a href="#ref-11" title="ISDN frame relaying bearer services and ISDN switching bearer service">11</a>]
- Adaptation Type Name Space [4.1]
- Model Type Name Space [8.1]
- Port Type Name Space [8.2]
- Service ID Name Space [10.4]
- Traffic Control Name Space [8.4]
- Event Flag Name Space [6.1]
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-B.1" href="#appendix-B.1">B.1</a>. Message Type Name Space</span>
GSMPv3 divides the name space for Message Types into four ranges.
The following are the guidelines for managing these ranges.
- Message Types 0-99.
Message Types in this range are part of the GSMPv3 base
protocol. Message types in this range are allocated
through an IETF consensus action [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>].
- Message Types 100-199.
Message Types in this range are Specification Required
[<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>]. Message Types using this range must be documented
in an RFC or other permanent and readily available
references.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 130]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-131" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
- Message Types 200-249.
Message Types in this range are Specification Required
[<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>] and are intended for Abstract and Resource Model
Extension Messages. Message Types using this range must
be documented in an RFC or other permanent and readily
available references.
- Message Types 250-255.
Message Types in this range are reserved for vendor
private extensions and are the responsibility of
individual vendors. IANA management of this range of the
Message Type Name Space is unnecessary.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-B.2" href="#appendix-B.2">B.2</a>. Label Type Name Space</span>
GSMPv3 divides the name space for Label Types into three ranges. The
following are the guidelines for managing these ranges.
- Label Types 0x000-0xAFF.
Label Types in this range are part of the GSMPv3 base
protocol. Label Types in this range are allocated through
an IETF consensus action [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>].
- Label Types 0xB00-0xEFF.
Label Types in this range are Specification Required [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>].
Label Types using this range must be documented in an RFC
or other permanent and readily available reference.
- Label Types 0xF00-0xFFF.
Label Types in this range are reserved for vendor private
extensions and are the responsibility of individual
vendors. IANA management of this range of the Label Type
Name Space is unnecessary.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-B.3" href="#appendix-B.3">B.3</a>. Result Name Space</span>
The following is the guideline for managing the Result Name Space:
- Result values 0-255.
Result values in this range need an expert review, i.e.,
approval by a Designated Expert is required [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>].
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-B.4" href="#appendix-B.4">B.4</a>. Failure Response Name Space</span>
GSMPv3 divides the name space for Failure Responses into three
ranges. The following are the guidelines for managing these ranges:
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 131]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-132" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
- Failure Responses 0-59, 80-127, 160-255.
Failure responses in these ranges are part of the GSMPv3
base protocol. Failure Responses in these ranges are
allocated through an IETF consensus action [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>].
- Failure Responses 60-79, 128-159.
Failure responses in these ranges are reserved for vendor
private extensions and are the responsibility of
individual vendors. IANA management of these ranges of
the Failure Response Name Space are unnecessary.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-B.5" href="#appendix-B.5">B.5</a>. Adaptation Type Name Space</span>
GSMPv3 divides the name space for Adaptation Types into two ranges.
The following are the guidelines for managing these ranges:
- Adaptation Type 0x000-0x2FF.
Adaptation Types in this range are part of the GSMPv3 base
protocol. Adaptation Types in this range are allocated
through an IETF consensus action [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>].
- Adaptation Type 0x300-0xFFF.
Adaptation Types in this range are allocated by the first
come first served principle [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>].
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-B.6" href="#appendix-B.6">B.6</a>. Model Type Name Space</span>
GSMPv3 divides the name space for Model Types into three ranges. The
following are the guidelines for managing these ranges:
- Model Type 0.
Model Types in this range are part of the GSMPv3 base
protocol. Model Types in this range are allocated through
an IETF consensus action [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>].
- Model Type 1-200.
Model Types in this range are Specification Required [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>].
Message Types using this range must be documented in an
RFC or other permanent and readily available references.
- Model Type 201-255.
Model Types in this range are reserved for vendor private
extensions and are the responsibility of individual
vendors. IANA management of these ranges of the Model
Type Name Space are unnecessary.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 132]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-133" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-B.7" href="#appendix-B.7">B.7</a>. Port Type Name Space</span>
GSMPv3 divides the name space for Port Types into two ranges. The
following are the guidelines for managing these ranges:
- Port Type 0-127.
Port Types in this range are part of the GSMPv3 base
protocol. Port Types in this range are allocated through
an IETF consensus action [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>].
- Port Type 128-255.
Port Types in this range are Specification Required [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>].
Port Types using this range must be documented in an RFC
or other permanent and readily available references.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-B.8" href="#appendix-B.8">B.8</a>. Service ID Name Space</span>
GSMPv3 divides the name space for Service IDs into two ranges. The
following are the guidelines for managing these ranges:
- Service ID 0-1023.
Service ID's in this range are part of the GSMPv3 base
protocol. Service ID's in this range are allocated
through an IETF consensus action [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>].
- Service ID 1024-65535.
Service ID's in this range are Specification Required
[<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>]. Service ID's using this range must be documented in
an RFC or other permanent and readily available
references.
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-B.9" href="#appendix-B.9">B.9</a>. Traffic Control Name Space</span>
The following are the guidelines for managing Traffic Control Flags
in GSMPv3:
- All Traffic Control Flags are allocated through an expert
review, i.e., approval by a Designated Expert [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>].
<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-B.10" href="#appendix-B.10">B.10</a>. Event Flag Name Space</span>
The following are the guidelines for managing Event Flags in GSMPv3:
- All Event Flags are allocated through an expert review, i.e.,
approval by a Designated Expert [<a href="#ref-19" title="">19</a>].
The TCP port for establishing GSMP connections has been defined as
6068.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 133]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-134" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
References
[<a id="ref-1">1</a>] "B-ISDN ATM Layer Specification", International
Telecommunication Union, ITU-T Recommendation I.361, Feb. 1999.
[<a id="ref-2">2</a>] "B-ISDN ATM Adaptation Layer (AAL) Specification", International
Telecommunication Union, ITU-T Recommendation I.363, Mar. 1993.
[<a id="ref-3">3</a>] "B-ISDN ATM Adaptation Layer specification: Type 5 AAL",
International Telecommunication Union, ITU-T, Recommendation
I.363.5, Aug. 1996.
[<a id="ref-4">4</a>] Sjostrand, H., Buerkle, J. and B. Srinivasan, "Definitions of
Managed Objects for the General Switch Management Protocol
(GSMP)", <a href="./rfc3295">RFC 3295</a>, June 2002.
[<a id="ref-5">5</a>] IANA Assigned Port Numbers, <a href="http://www.iana.org">http://www.iana.org</a>
[<a id="ref-6">6</a>] Newman, P, Edwards, W., Hinden, R., Hoffman, E. Ching Liaw, F.,
Lyon, T. and G. Minshall, "Ipsilon's General Switch Management
Protocol Specification Version 1.1", <a href="./rfc1987">RFC 1987</a>, August 1996.
[<a id="ref-7">7</a>] Newman, P., Edwards, W., Hinden, R., Hoffman, E., Ching Liaw,
F., Lyon, T. and G. Minshall, "Ipsilon's General Switch
Management Protocol Specification Version 2.0", <a href="./rfc2297">RFC 2297</a>, March
1998.
[<a id="ref-8">8</a>] ATM Forum Technical Committee, "Traffic Management Specification
Version 4.1", af-tm-0121.000, 1999.
[<a id="ref-9">9</a>] Wroclawski, J., "Specification of the Controlled-Load Network
Element Service", <a href="./rfc2211">RFC 2211</a>, September 1997.
[<a id="ref-10">10</a>] Jamoussi, B., Andersson, L., Callon, R., Dantu, R., Wu, L.,
Doolan, P., Worster, T., Feldman, N., Fredette, A., Girish, M.,
Gray, E., Heinanen, J., Kilty, T. and A. Malis, "Constraint-
Based LSP Setup using LDP", <a href="./rfc3212">RFC 3212</a>, January 2002.
[<a id="ref-11">11</a>] ITU-T Recommendation I.233 Frame Mode Bearer Services, ISDN
frame relaying bearer services and ISDN switching bearer
service, Nov. 1991.
[<a id="ref-12">12</a>] ITU-T Recommendation Q.933, Integrated Services Digital Network
(ISDN) Digital Subscriber Signaling System No. 1 (DSS 1)
Signaling Specifications For Frame Mode Switched And Permanent
Virtual Connection Control And Status Monitoring, 1995.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 134]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-135" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
[<a id="ref-13">13</a>] ITU-T Recommendation Q.922, Integrated Services Digital Network
(ISDN) Data Link Layer Specification For Frame Mode Bearer
Services, 1992
[<a id="ref-14">14</a>] Rosen, E., Tappan, D., Fedorkow, G., Rekhter, Y., Farinacci, D.,
Li, T. and A. Conta, "MPLS Label Stack Encoding", <a href="./rfc3032">RFC 3032</a>,
January 2001.
[<a id="ref-15">15</a>] Worster, T., Doria, A. and J. Buerkle, "General Switch
Management Protocol (GSMP) Packet Encapsulations for
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), Ethernet and Transmission
Control Protocol (TCP)", <a href="./rfc3293">RFC 3293</a>, June 2002.
[<a id="ref-16">16</a>] Doria, A. and K. Sundell, "General Switch Management Protocol
Applicability", <a href="./rfc3294">RFC 3294</a>, June 2002.
[<a id="ref-17">17</a>] IANAifType - MIB DEFINITIONS, <a href="http://www.iana.org">http://www.iana.org</a>, January 2001.
[<a id="ref-18">18</a>] Anderson, L., Doolan, P., Feldman, N., Fredette, A. and B.
Thomas, "LDP Specification", <a href="./rfc3036">RFC 3036</a>, January 2001.
[<a id="ref-19">19</a>] Narten, T. and H. Alvestrand, "Guidelines for Writing an IANA
Considerations Section in RFCs", <a href="https://www.rfc-editor.org/bcp/bcp26">BCP 26</a>, <a href="./rfc2434">RFC 2434</a>, October 1998.
[<a id="ref-20">20</a>] Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement
Levels", <a href="https://www.rfc-editor.org/bcp/bcp14">BCP 14</a>, <a href="./rfc2119">RFC 2119</a>, March 1997.
[<a id="ref-21">21</a>] Conta, A., Doolan, P. and A. Malis, "Use of Label Switching on
Frame Relay Networks Specification", <a href="./rfc3034">RFC 3034</a>, January 2001.
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 135]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-136" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Authors' Addresses
Avri Doria
Div. of Computer Communications
Lulea University of Technology
S-971 87 Lulea
Sweden
Phone: +1 401 663 5024
EMail: avri@acm.org
Fiffi Hellstrand
Nortel Networks AB
S:t Eriksgatan 115 A
SE-113 85 Stockholm Sweden
EMail: fiffi@nortelnetworks.com
Kenneth Sundell
Nortel Networks AB
S:t Eriksgatan 115 A
SE-113 85 Stockholm Sweden
EMail: ksundell@nortelnetworks.com
Tom Worster
Phone: +1 617 247 2624
EMail: fsb@thefsb.org
<span class="grey">Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 136]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-137" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3292">RFC 3292</a> General Switch Management Protocol V3 June 2002</span>
Full Copyright Statement
Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2002). All Rights Reserved.
This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to
others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it
or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published
and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any
kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
included on all such copies and derivative works. However, this
document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing
the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other
Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of
developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for
copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be
followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than
English.
The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be
revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns.
This document and the information contained herein is provided on an
"AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING
TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION
HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Acknowledgement
Funding for the RFC Editor function is currently provided by the
Internet Society.
Doria, et. al. Standards Track [Page 137]
</pre>
|